mirror of https://github.com/aria2/aria2
Removed intl
parent
5aae203d32
commit
ce41bbbb2e
|
@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
|
|||
2007-11-07 GNU <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* Version 0.17 released.
|
||||
|
587
intl/Makefile.in
587
intl/Makefile.in
|
@ -1,587 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling library of GNU gettext
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
# Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
# USA.
|
||||
|
||||
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
|
||||
VERSION = @VERSION@
|
||||
|
||||
SHELL = /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
srcdir = @srcdir@
|
||||
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
|
||||
top_builddir = ..
|
||||
|
||||
# The VPATH variables allows builds with $builddir != $srcdir, assuming a
|
||||
# 'make' program that supports VPATH (such as GNU make). This line is removed
|
||||
# by autoconf automatically when "$(srcdir)" = ".".
|
||||
# In this directory, the VPATH handling is particular:
|
||||
# 1. If INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX is 'l' (indicating a build with libtool),
|
||||
# the .c -> .lo rules carefully use $(srcdir), so that VPATH can be omitted.
|
||||
# 2. If PACKAGE = gettext-tools, VPATH _must_ be omitted, because otherwise
|
||||
# 'make' does the wrong thing if GNU gettext was configured with
|
||||
# "./configure --srcdir=`pwd`", namely it gets confused by the .lo and .la
|
||||
# files it finds in srcdir = ../../gettext-runtime/intl.
|
||||
VPATH = $(srcdir)
|
||||
|
||||
prefix = @prefix@
|
||||
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
|
||||
transform = @program_transform_name@
|
||||
libdir = @libdir@
|
||||
includedir = @includedir@
|
||||
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
|
||||
datadir = @datadir@
|
||||
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
|
||||
gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl
|
||||
aliaspath = $(localedir)
|
||||
subdir = intl
|
||||
|
||||
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
|
||||
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
|
||||
|
||||
# We use $(mkdir_p).
|
||||
# In automake <= 1.9.x, $(mkdir_p) is defined either as "mkdir -p --" or as
|
||||
# "$(mkinstalldirs)" or as "$(install_sh) -d". For these automake versions,
|
||||
# @install_sh@ does not start with $(SHELL), so we add it.
|
||||
# In automake >= 1.10, @mkdir_p@ is derived from ${MKDIR_P}, which is defined
|
||||
# either as "/path/to/mkdir -p" or ".../install-sh -c -d". For these automake
|
||||
# versions, $(mkinstalldirs) and $(install_sh) are unused.
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) @install_sh@ -d
|
||||
install_sh = $(SHELL) @install_sh@
|
||||
MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
|
||||
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
|
||||
|
||||
l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
|
||||
|
||||
AR = ar
|
||||
CC = @CC@
|
||||
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
|
||||
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
|
||||
YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
|
||||
YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
|
||||
WINDRES = @WINDRES@
|
||||
|
||||
# -DBUILDING_LIBINTL: Change expansion of LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED macro.
|
||||
# -DBUILDING_DLL: Change expansion of RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED macro.
|
||||
DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
|
||||
-DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DBUILDING_LIBINTL -DBUILDING_DLL -DIN_LIBINTL \
|
||||
-DENABLE_RELOCATABLE=1 -DIN_LIBRARY -DINSTALLDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DNO_XMALLOC \
|
||||
-Dset_relocation_prefix=libintl_set_relocation_prefix \
|
||||
-Drelocate=libintl_relocate \
|
||||
-DDEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV=1 @DEFS@
|
||||
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
|
||||
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ @CFLAG_VISIBILITY@
|
||||
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ $(LDFLAGS_@WOE32DLL@)
|
||||
LDFLAGS_yes = -Wl,--export-all-symbols
|
||||
LDFLAGS_no =
|
||||
LIBS = @LIBS@
|
||||
|
||||
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
HEADERS = \
|
||||
gmo.h \
|
||||
gettextP.h \
|
||||
hash-string.h \
|
||||
loadinfo.h \
|
||||
plural-exp.h \
|
||||
eval-plural.h \
|
||||
localcharset.h \
|
||||
lock.h \
|
||||
relocatable.h \
|
||||
tsearch.h tsearch.c \
|
||||
xsize.h \
|
||||
printf-args.h printf-args.c \
|
||||
printf-parse.h wprintf-parse.h printf-parse.c \
|
||||
vasnprintf.h vasnwprintf.h vasnprintf.c \
|
||||
os2compat.h \
|
||||
libgnuintl.h.in
|
||||
SOURCES = \
|
||||
bindtextdom.c \
|
||||
dcgettext.c \
|
||||
dgettext.c \
|
||||
gettext.c \
|
||||
finddomain.c \
|
||||
hash-string.c \
|
||||
loadmsgcat.c \
|
||||
localealias.c \
|
||||
textdomain.c \
|
||||
l10nflist.c \
|
||||
explodename.c \
|
||||
dcigettext.c \
|
||||
dcngettext.c \
|
||||
dngettext.c \
|
||||
ngettext.c \
|
||||
plural.y \
|
||||
plural-exp.c \
|
||||
localcharset.c \
|
||||
lock.c \
|
||||
relocatable.c \
|
||||
langprefs.c \
|
||||
localename.c \
|
||||
log.c \
|
||||
printf.c \
|
||||
version.c \
|
||||
osdep.c \
|
||||
os2compat.c \
|
||||
intl-exports.c \
|
||||
intl-compat.c
|
||||
OBJECTS = \
|
||||
bindtextdom.$lo \
|
||||
dcgettext.$lo \
|
||||
dgettext.$lo \
|
||||
gettext.$lo \
|
||||
finddomain.$lo \
|
||||
hash-string.$lo \
|
||||
loadmsgcat.$lo \
|
||||
localealias.$lo \
|
||||
textdomain.$lo \
|
||||
l10nflist.$lo \
|
||||
explodename.$lo \
|
||||
dcigettext.$lo \
|
||||
dcngettext.$lo \
|
||||
dngettext.$lo \
|
||||
ngettext.$lo \
|
||||
plural.$lo \
|
||||
plural-exp.$lo \
|
||||
localcharset.$lo \
|
||||
lock.$lo \
|
||||
relocatable.$lo \
|
||||
langprefs.$lo \
|
||||
localename.$lo \
|
||||
log.$lo \
|
||||
printf.$lo \
|
||||
version.$lo \
|
||||
osdep.$lo \
|
||||
intl-compat.$lo
|
||||
OBJECTS_RES_yes = libintl.res
|
||||
OBJECTS_RES_no =
|
||||
DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
|
||||
config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin export.h libintl.rc \
|
||||
$(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
|
||||
DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
|
||||
DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc README.woe32
|
||||
DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c \
|
||||
COPYING.LIB-2 gettext.h libgettext.h plural-eval.c libgnuintl.h \
|
||||
libgnuintl.h_vms Makefile.vms libgnuintl.h.msvc-static \
|
||||
libgnuintl.h.msvc-shared Makefile.msvc
|
||||
|
||||
all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
|
||||
all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
|
||||
all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
|
||||
all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
|
||||
all-no-no:
|
||||
|
||||
libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
|
||||
rm -f $@
|
||||
$(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
|
||||
$(RANLIB) $@
|
||||
|
||||
libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS) $(OBJECTS_RES_@WOE32@)
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
|
||||
$(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
|
||||
$(OBJECTS) @LTLIBICONV@ @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ $(LIBS) @LTLIBTHREAD@ @LTLIBC@ \
|
||||
$(OBJECTS_RES_@WOE32@) \
|
||||
-version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
|
||||
-rpath $(libdir) \
|
||||
-no-undefined
|
||||
|
||||
# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
|
||||
# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
|
||||
# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
|
||||
# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
|
||||
# change these values.
|
||||
LTV_CURRENT=8
|
||||
LTV_REVISION=2
|
||||
LTV_AGE=0
|
||||
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
|
||||
|
||||
.c.o:
|
||||
$(COMPILE) $<
|
||||
|
||||
.y.c:
|
||||
$(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
|
||||
rm -f $*.h
|
||||
|
||||
bindtextdom.lo: $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c
|
||||
dcgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c
|
||||
dgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dgettext.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dgettext.c
|
||||
gettext.lo: $(srcdir)/gettext.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/gettext.c
|
||||
finddomain.lo: $(srcdir)/finddomain.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/finddomain.c
|
||||
hash-string.lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/hash-string.c
|
||||
loadmsgcat.lo: $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c
|
||||
localealias.lo: $(srcdir)/localealias.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localealias.c
|
||||
textdomain.lo: $(srcdir)/textdomain.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/textdomain.c
|
||||
l10nflist.lo: $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c
|
||||
explodename.lo: $(srcdir)/explodename.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/explodename.c
|
||||
dcigettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c
|
||||
dcngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c
|
||||
dngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dngettext.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dngettext.c
|
||||
ngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/ngettext.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/ngettext.c
|
||||
plural.lo: $(srcdir)/plural.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural.c
|
||||
plural-exp.lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c
|
||||
localcharset.lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localcharset.c
|
||||
lock.lo: $(srcdir)/lock.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/lock.c
|
||||
relocatable.lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/relocatable.c
|
||||
langprefs.lo: $(srcdir)/langprefs.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/langprefs.c
|
||||
localename.lo: $(srcdir)/localename.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localename.c
|
||||
log.lo: $(srcdir)/log.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/log.c
|
||||
printf.lo: $(srcdir)/printf.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/printf.c
|
||||
version.lo: $(srcdir)/version.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/version.c
|
||||
osdep.lo: $(srcdir)/osdep.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/osdep.c
|
||||
intl-compat.lo: $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c
|
||||
|
||||
# This rule is executed only on Woe32 systems.
|
||||
# The following sed expressions come from the windres-options script. They are
|
||||
# inlined here, so that they can be written in a Makefile without requiring a
|
||||
# temporary file. They must contain literal newlines rather than semicolons,
|
||||
# so that they work with the sed-3.02 that is shipped with MSYS. We can use
|
||||
# GNU bash's $'\n' syntax to obtain such a newline.
|
||||
libintl.res: $(srcdir)/libintl.rc
|
||||
nl=$$'\n'; \
|
||||
sed_extract_major='/^[0-9]/{'$${nl}'s/^\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'$${nl}q$${nl}'}'$${nl}'c\'$${nl}0$${nl}q; \
|
||||
sed_extract_minor='/^[0-9][0-9]*[.][0-9]/{'$${nl}'s/^[0-9]*[.]\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'$${nl}q$${nl}'}'$${nl}'c\'$${nl}0$${nl}q; \
|
||||
sed_extract_subminor='/^[0-9][0-9]*[.][0-9][0-9]*[.][0-9]/{'$${nl}'s/^[0-9]*[.][0-9]*[.]\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'$${nl}q$${nl}'}'$${nl}'c\'$${nl}0$${nl}q; \
|
||||
$(WINDRES) \
|
||||
"-DPACKAGE_VERSION_STRING=\\\"$(VERSION)\\\"" \
|
||||
"-DPACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR="`echo '$(VERSION)' | sed -n -e "$$sed_extract_major"` \
|
||||
"-DPACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR="`echo '$(VERSION)' | sed -n -e "$$sed_extract_minor"` \
|
||||
"-DPACKAGE_VERSION_SUBMINOR="`echo '$(VERSION)' | sed -n -e "$$sed_extract_subminor"` \
|
||||
-i $(srcdir)/libintl.rc -o libintl.res --output-format=coff
|
||||
|
||||
ref-add.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin
|
||||
sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin > t-ref-add.sed
|
||||
mv t-ref-add.sed ref-add.sed
|
||||
ref-del.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin
|
||||
sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin > t-ref-del.sed
|
||||
mv t-ref-del.sed ref-del.sed
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I..
|
||||
|
||||
libgnuintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in
|
||||
sed -e '/IN_LIBGLOCALE/d' \
|
||||
-e 's,@''HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF''@,@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@,g' \
|
||||
-e 's,@''HAVE_ASPRINTF''@,@HAVE_ASPRINTF@,g' \
|
||||
-e 's,@''HAVE_SNPRINTF''@,@HAVE_SNPRINTF@,g' \
|
||||
-e 's,@''HAVE_WPRINTF''@,@HAVE_WPRINTF@,g' \
|
||||
< $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in \
|
||||
| if test '@WOE32DLL@' = yes; then \
|
||||
sed -e 's/extern \([^()]*\);/extern __declspec (dllimport) \1;/'; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
cat; \
|
||||
fi \
|
||||
| sed -e 's/extern \([^"]\)/extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED \1/' \
|
||||
-e "/#define _LIBINTL_H/r $(srcdir)/export.h" \
|
||||
| sed -e 's,@''HAVE_VISIBILITY''@,@HAVE_VISIBILITY@,g' \
|
||||
> libgnuintl.h
|
||||
|
||||
libintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in
|
||||
sed -e '/IN_LIBGLOCALE/d' \
|
||||
-e 's,@''HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF''@,@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@,g' \
|
||||
-e 's,@''HAVE_ASPRINTF''@,@HAVE_ASPRINTF@,g' \
|
||||
-e 's,@''HAVE_SNPRINTF''@,@HAVE_SNPRINTF@,g' \
|
||||
-e 's,@''HAVE_WPRINTF''@,@HAVE_WPRINTF@,g' \
|
||||
< $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in > libintl.h
|
||||
|
||||
charset.alias: $(srcdir)/config.charset
|
||||
$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
|
||||
mv t-$@ $@
|
||||
|
||||
check: all
|
||||
|
||||
# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
|
||||
# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
|
||||
# separate library.
|
||||
# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
|
||||
# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
|
||||
install: install-exec install-data
|
||||
install-exec: all
|
||||
if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
|
||||
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
|
||||
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
|
||||
if test "@RELOCATABLE@" = yes; then \
|
||||
dependencies=`sed -n -e 's,^dependency_libs=\(.*\),\1,p' < $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la | sed -e "s,^',," -e "s,'\$$,,"`; \
|
||||
if test -n "$$dependencies"; then \
|
||||
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
|
||||
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no \
|
||||
&& test @GLIBC2@ != no; then \
|
||||
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) libgnuintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \
|
||||
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.so $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
|
||||
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
|
||||
test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
|
||||
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
|
||||
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
|
||||
if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
|
||||
orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
|
||||
sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
|
||||
rm -f $$temp; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
|
||||
orig=charset.alias; \
|
||||
sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
|
||||
rm -f $$temp; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
|
||||
test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
|
||||
&& orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
|
||||
|| orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \
|
||||
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
|
||||
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
|
||||
sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
|
||||
rm -f $$temp; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
install-data: all
|
||||
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
|
||||
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
|
||||
dists="COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \
|
||||
for file in $$dists; do \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
|
||||
$(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \
|
||||
dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \
|
||||
for file in $$dists; do \
|
||||
if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \
|
||||
$(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \
|
||||
for file in $$dists; do \
|
||||
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
install-strip: install
|
||||
|
||||
install-dvi install-html install-info install-ps install-pdf:
|
||||
|
||||
installdirs:
|
||||
if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
|
||||
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
|
||||
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
|
||||
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no \
|
||||
&& test @GLIBC2@ != no; then \
|
||||
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
|
||||
test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
|
||||
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
|
||||
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
|
||||
installcheck:
|
||||
|
||||
uninstall:
|
||||
if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
|
||||
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
|
||||
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
|
||||
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
|
||||
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no \
|
||||
&& test @GLIBC2@ != no; then \
|
||||
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
|
||||
if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
|
||||
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
|
||||
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
|
||||
sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
|
||||
if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
|
||||
rm -f $$dest; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
rm -f $$temp; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \
|
||||
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
|
||||
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
|
||||
sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
|
||||
if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
|
||||
rm -f $$dest; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
rm -f $$temp; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
|
||||
for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
|
||||
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
info dvi ps pdf html:
|
||||
|
||||
$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h
|
||||
bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dgettext.$lo dngettext.$lo finddomain.$lo gettext.$lo intl-compat.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo ngettext.$lo textdomain.$lo: $(srcdir)/gettextP.h $(srcdir)/gmo.h $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h
|
||||
hash-string.$lo dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.h
|
||||
explodename.$lo l10nflist.$lo: $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h
|
||||
dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo plural.$lo plural-exp.$lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.h
|
||||
dcigettext.$lo: $(srcdir)/eval-plural.h
|
||||
localcharset.$lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.h
|
||||
bindtextdom.$lo dcigettext.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo lock.$lo log.$lo: $(srcdir)/lock.h
|
||||
localealias.$lo localcharset.$lo relocatable.$lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.h
|
||||
printf.$lo: $(srcdir)/printf-args.h $(srcdir)/printf-args.c $(srcdir)/printf-parse.h $(srcdir)/wprintf-parse.h $(srcdir)/xsize.h $(srcdir)/printf-parse.c $(srcdir)/vasnprintf.h $(srcdir)/vasnwprintf.h $(srcdir)/vasnprintf.c
|
||||
|
||||
# A bison-2.1 generated plural.c includes <libintl.h> if ENABLE_NLS.
|
||||
PLURAL_DEPS_yes = libintl.h
|
||||
PLURAL_DEPS_no =
|
||||
plural.$lo: $(PLURAL_DEPS_@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@)
|
||||
|
||||
tags: TAGS
|
||||
|
||||
TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
|
||||
ctags: CTAGS
|
||||
|
||||
CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && ctags -o $$here/CTAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
|
||||
id: ID
|
||||
|
||||
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean:
|
||||
rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.obj *.lo libintl.res core core.*
|
||||
rm -f libgnuintl.h libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
|
||||
rm -f -r .libs _libs
|
||||
|
||||
clean: mostlyclean
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: clean
|
||||
rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
|
||||
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
|
||||
rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean: distclean
|
||||
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
|
||||
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
|
||||
# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
|
||||
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
|
||||
dist distdir: Makefile
|
||||
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime"; then \
|
||||
additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
$(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
|
||||
for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
|
||||
if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
|
||||
cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir) || test $$file = Makefile.in || exit 1; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status
|
||||
# This would be more efficient, but doesn't work any more with autoconf-2.57,
|
||||
# when AC_CONFIG_FILES([intl/Makefile:somedir/Makefile.in]) is used.
|
||||
# cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
|
||||
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||
.NOEXPORT:
|
|
@ -1 +0,0 @@
|
|||
GNU gettext library from gettext-0.17
|
|
@ -1,340 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "lock.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
|
||||
#ifndef offsetof
|
||||
# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
|
||||
gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
|
||||
# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
|
||||
# ifndef strdup
|
||||
# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN libintl_bindtextdomain
|
||||
# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
|
||||
to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
|
||||
If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
|
||||
modified, only the current value is returned.
|
||||
If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
|
||||
modified nor returned. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
|
||||
const char **dirnamep, const char **codesetp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct binding *binding;
|
||||
int modified;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some sanity checks. */
|
||||
if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (dirnamep)
|
||||
*dirnamep = NULL;
|
||||
if (codesetp)
|
||||
*codesetp = NULL;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
gl_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
|
||||
|
||||
modified = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
|
||||
if (compare == 0)
|
||||
/* We found it! */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
if (compare < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* It is not in the list. */
|
||||
binding = NULL;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (binding != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (dirnamep)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
|
||||
|
||||
if (dirname == NULL)
|
||||
/* The current binding has be to returned. */
|
||||
*dirnamep = binding->dirname;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
|
||||
one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
|
||||
old binding. */
|
||||
char *result = binding->dirname;
|
||||
if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
|
||||
result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
result = strdup (dirname);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
|
||||
result = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
|
||||
memcpy (result, dirname, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
|
||||
free (binding->dirname);
|
||||
|
||||
binding->dirname = result;
|
||||
modified = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
*dirnamep = result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (codesetp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *codeset = *codesetp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (codeset == NULL)
|
||||
/* The current binding has be to returned. */
|
||||
*codesetp = binding->codeset;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
|
||||
one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
|
||||
old binding. */
|
||||
char *result = binding->codeset;
|
||||
if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
result = strdup (codeset);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
|
||||
result = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
|
||||
memcpy (result, codeset, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (binding->codeset != NULL)
|
||||
free (binding->codeset);
|
||||
|
||||
binding->codeset = result;
|
||||
modified = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
*codesetp = result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
|
||||
&& (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Simply return the default values. */
|
||||
if (dirnamep)
|
||||
*dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||
if (codesetp)
|
||||
*codesetp = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We have to create a new binding. */
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
|
||||
struct binding *new_binding =
|
||||
(struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
|
||||
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
|
||||
goto failed;
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
|
||||
|
||||
if (dirnamep)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
|
||||
|
||||
if (dirname == NULL)
|
||||
/* The default value. */
|
||||
dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
|
||||
dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *result;
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
result = strdup (dirname);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
|
||||
goto failed_dirname;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
|
||||
result = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
|
||||
goto failed_dirname;
|
||||
memcpy (result, dirname, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
dirname = result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
*dirnamep = dirname;
|
||||
new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
/* The default value. */
|
||||
new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||
|
||||
if (codesetp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *codeset = *codesetp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (codeset != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *result;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
result = strdup (codeset);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
|
||||
goto failed_codeset;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
|
||||
result = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
|
||||
goto failed_codeset;
|
||||
memcpy (result, codeset, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
codeset = result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*codesetp = codeset;
|
||||
new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
new_binding->codeset = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now enqueue it. */
|
||||
if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
|
||||
|| strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
|
||||
_nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
|
||||
while (binding->next != NULL
|
||||
&& strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
|
||||
binding = binding->next;
|
||||
|
||||
new_binding->next = binding->next;
|
||||
binding->next = new_binding;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
modified = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */
|
||||
if (0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
failed_codeset:
|
||||
if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
|
||||
free (new_binding->dirname);
|
||||
failed_dirname:
|
||||
free (new_binding);
|
||||
failed:
|
||||
if (dirnamep)
|
||||
*dirnamep = NULL;
|
||||
if (codesetp)
|
||||
*codesetp = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */
|
||||
if (modified)
|
||||
++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
|
||||
gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
|
||||
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
BINDTEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname, const char *dirname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
|
||||
return (char *) dirname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
|
||||
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (const char *domainname, const char *codeset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
|
||||
return (char *) codeset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
|
||||
weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -1,640 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
# Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
# USA.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The table consists of lines of the form
|
||||
# ALIAS CANONICAL
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
|
||||
# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
|
||||
# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
|
||||
# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
|
||||
# MIME charset name is preferred.
|
||||
# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# name MIME? used by which systems
|
||||
# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
|
||||
# ISO-8859-1 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
|
||||
# ISO-8859-2 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
|
||||
# ISO-8859-3 Y glibc solaris
|
||||
# ISO-8859-4 Y osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
|
||||
# ISO-8859-5 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
|
||||
# ISO-8859-6 Y glibc aix hpux solaris
|
||||
# ISO-8859-7 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd darwin
|
||||
# ISO-8859-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris
|
||||
# ISO-8859-9 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris darwin
|
||||
# ISO-8859-13 glibc netbsd darwin
|
||||
# ISO-8859-14 glibc
|
||||
# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd darwin
|
||||
# KOI8-R Y glibc solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
|
||||
# KOI8-U Y glibc freebsd netbsd darwin
|
||||
# KOI8-T glibc
|
||||
# CP437 dos
|
||||
# CP775 dos
|
||||
# CP850 aix osf dos
|
||||
# CP852 dos
|
||||
# CP855 dos
|
||||
# CP856 aix
|
||||
# CP857 dos
|
||||
# CP861 dos
|
||||
# CP862 dos
|
||||
# CP864 dos
|
||||
# CP865 dos
|
||||
# CP866 freebsd netbsd darwin dos
|
||||
# CP869 dos
|
||||
# CP874 woe32 dos
|
||||
# CP922 aix
|
||||
# CP932 aix woe32 dos
|
||||
# CP943 aix
|
||||
# CP949 osf woe32 dos
|
||||
# CP950 woe32 dos
|
||||
# CP1046 aix
|
||||
# CP1124 aix
|
||||
# CP1125 dos
|
||||
# CP1129 aix
|
||||
# CP1250 woe32
|
||||
# CP1251 glibc solaris netbsd darwin woe32
|
||||
# CP1252 aix woe32
|
||||
# CP1253 woe32
|
||||
# CP1254 woe32
|
||||
# CP1255 glibc woe32
|
||||
# CP1256 woe32
|
||||
# CP1257 woe32
|
||||
# GB2312 Y glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
|
||||
# EUC-JP Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
|
||||
# EUC-KR Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
|
||||
# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd
|
||||
# BIG5 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
|
||||
# BIG5-HKSCS glibc solaris
|
||||
# GBK glibc aix osf solaris woe32 dos
|
||||
# GB18030 glibc solaris netbsd
|
||||
# SHIFT_JIS Y hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
|
||||
# JOHAB glibc solaris woe32
|
||||
# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris
|
||||
# VISCII Y glibc
|
||||
# TCVN5712-1 glibc
|
||||
# GEORGIAN-PS glibc
|
||||
# HP-ROMAN8 hpux
|
||||
# HP-ARABIC8 hpux
|
||||
# HP-GREEK8 hpux
|
||||
# HP-HEBREW8 hpux
|
||||
# HP-TURKISH8 hpux
|
||||
# HP-KANA8 hpux
|
||||
# DEC-KANJI osf
|
||||
# DEC-HANYU osf
|
||||
# UTF-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris netbsd darwin
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
|
||||
# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
|
||||
# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
|
||||
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
|
||||
# or
|
||||
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
|
||||
|
||||
host="$1"
|
||||
os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
|
||||
echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
|
||||
echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
|
||||
echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
|
||||
# List of references, updated during installation:
|
||||
echo "# Packages using this file: "
|
||||
case "$os" in
|
||||
linux-gnulibc1*)
|
||||
# Linux libc5 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
|
||||
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
|
||||
# from the environment variables.
|
||||
echo "C ASCII"
|
||||
echo "POSIX ASCII"
|
||||
for l in af af_ZA ca ca_ES da da_DK de de_AT de_BE de_CH de_DE de_LU \
|
||||
en en_AU en_BW en_CA en_DK en_GB en_IE en_NZ en_US en_ZA \
|
||||
en_ZW es es_AR es_BO es_CL es_CO es_DO es_EC es_ES es_GT \
|
||||
es_HN es_MX es_PA es_PE es_PY es_SV es_US es_UY es_VE et \
|
||||
et_EE eu eu_ES fi fi_FI fo fo_FO fr fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR \
|
||||
fr_LU ga ga_IE gl gl_ES id id_ID in in_ID is is_IS it it_CH \
|
||||
it_IT kl kl_GL nl nl_BE nl_NL no no_NO pt pt_BR pt_PT sv \
|
||||
sv_FI sv_SE; do
|
||||
echo "$l ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "$l.iso-8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "$l.iso-8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
echo "$l.iso-8859-15@euro ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
echo "$l@euro ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-437 CP437"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-850 CP850"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-1252 CP1252"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-1252@euro CP1252"
|
||||
#echo "$l.atari-st ATARI-ST" # not a commonly used encoding
|
||||
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
|
||||
echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in cs cs_CZ hr hr_HR hu hu_HU pl pl_PL ro ro_RO sk sk_SK sl \
|
||||
sl_SI sr sr_CS sr_YU; do
|
||||
echo "$l ISO-8859-2"
|
||||
echo "$l.iso-8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-852 CP852"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-1250 CP1250"
|
||||
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in mk mk_MK ru ru_RU; do
|
||||
echo "$l ISO-8859-5"
|
||||
echo "$l.iso-8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
|
||||
echo "$l.koi8-r KOI8-R"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-866 CP866"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-1251 CP1251"
|
||||
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in ar ar_SA; do
|
||||
echo "$l ISO-8859-6"
|
||||
echo "$l.iso-8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-864 CP864"
|
||||
#echo "$l.cp-868 CP868" # not a commonly used encoding
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-1256 CP1256"
|
||||
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in el el_GR gr gr_GR; do
|
||||
echo "$l ISO-8859-7"
|
||||
echo "$l.iso-8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-869 CP869"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-1253 CP1253"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-1253@euro CP1253"
|
||||
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
|
||||
echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in he he_IL iw iw_IL; do
|
||||
echo "$l ISO-8859-8"
|
||||
echo "$l.iso-8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-862 CP862"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-1255 CP1255"
|
||||
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in tr tr_TR; do
|
||||
echo "$l ISO-8859-9"
|
||||
echo "$l.iso-8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-857 CP857"
|
||||
echo "$l.cp-1254 CP1254"
|
||||
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in lt lt_LT lv lv_LV; do
|
||||
#echo "$l BALTIC" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name
|
||||
echo "$l ISO-8859-13"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in ru_UA uk uk_UA; do
|
||||
echo "$l KOI8-U"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in zh zh_CN; do
|
||||
#echo "$l GB_2312-80" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name
|
||||
echo "$l GB2312"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in ja ja_JP ja_JP.EUC; do
|
||||
echo "$l EUC-JP"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in ko ko_KR; do
|
||||
echo "$l EUC-KR"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in th th_TH; do
|
||||
echo "$l TIS-620"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in fa fa_IR; do
|
||||
#echo "$l ISIRI-3342" # a broken encoding
|
||||
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
|
||||
done
|
||||
;;
|
||||
linux* | *-gnu*)
|
||||
# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
|
||||
# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
|
||||
# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
|
||||
# need to install the alias file at all.
|
||||
# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
|
||||
echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
aix*)
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
echo "IBM-850 CP850"
|
||||
echo "IBM-856 CP856"
|
||||
echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
|
||||
echo "IBM-922 CP922"
|
||||
echo "IBM-932 CP932"
|
||||
echo "IBM-943 CP943"
|
||||
echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
|
||||
echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
|
||||
echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
|
||||
echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
|
||||
echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
|
||||
echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
|
||||
echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
|
||||
echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
|
||||
echo "big5 BIG5"
|
||||
echo "GBK GBK"
|
||||
echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
|
||||
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hpux*)
|
||||
echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
|
||||
echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
|
||||
echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
|
||||
echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
|
||||
echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
|
||||
echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
|
||||
echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
|
||||
echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
|
||||
echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
|
||||
echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
|
||||
echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
|
||||
echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
|
||||
echo "tis620 TIS-620"
|
||||
echo "big5 BIG5"
|
||||
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
|
||||
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
|
||||
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
|
||||
echo "hp15CN GB2312"
|
||||
#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
|
||||
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
|
||||
echo "utf8 UTF-8"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
irix*)
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
|
||||
echo "eucCN GB2312"
|
||||
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
|
||||
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
|
||||
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
osf*)
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
echo "cp850 CP850"
|
||||
echo "big5 BIG5"
|
||||
echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
|
||||
echo "dechanzi GB2312"
|
||||
echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
|
||||
echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
|
||||
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
|
||||
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
|
||||
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
|
||||
echo "GBK GBK"
|
||||
echo "KSC5601 CP949"
|
||||
echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
|
||||
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
|
||||
echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
|
||||
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
solaris*)
|
||||
echo "646 ASCII"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
|
||||
echo "ansi-1251 CP1251"
|
||||
echo "BIG5 BIG5"
|
||||
echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS"
|
||||
echo "gb2312 GB2312"
|
||||
echo "GBK GBK"
|
||||
echo "GB18030 GB18030"
|
||||
echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
|
||||
echo "5601 EUC-KR"
|
||||
echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB"
|
||||
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
|
||||
echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
|
||||
echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
|
||||
#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
|
||||
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd* | os2*)
|
||||
# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
|
||||
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
|
||||
# from the environment variables.
|
||||
# Likewise for OS/2. OS/2 has XFree86 just like FreeBSD. Just
|
||||
# reuse FreeBSD's locale data for OS/2.
|
||||
echo "C ASCII"
|
||||
echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
|
||||
for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
|
||||
echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
|
||||
fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
|
||||
lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
|
||||
echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
|
||||
echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
|
||||
echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
|
||||
echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
|
||||
echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
|
||||
echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
|
||||
done
|
||||
echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
|
||||
echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
|
||||
echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
|
||||
echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
|
||||
echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
|
||||
echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
|
||||
echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
|
||||
echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
netbsd*)
|
||||
echo "646 ASCII"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13"
|
||||
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
echo "eucCN GB2312"
|
||||
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
|
||||
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
|
||||
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
|
||||
echo "BIG5 BIG5"
|
||||
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
darwin[56]*)
|
||||
# Darwin 6.8 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
|
||||
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
|
||||
# from the environment variables.
|
||||
echo "C ASCII"
|
||||
for l in en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US la_LN; do
|
||||
echo "$l.US-ASCII ASCII"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
|
||||
fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT nl_BE \
|
||||
nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
|
||||
echo "$l ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in la_LN; do
|
||||
echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
|
||||
echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
|
||||
echo "$l.ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
|
||||
echo "$l.ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in ru_RU; do
|
||||
echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
|
||||
echo "$l.ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
|
||||
echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
|
||||
done
|
||||
for l in bg_BG; do
|
||||
echo "$l.CP1251 CP1251"
|
||||
done
|
||||
echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
|
||||
echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
|
||||
echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
|
||||
echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
|
||||
echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
|
||||
echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
|
||||
echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
darwin*)
|
||||
# Darwin 7.5 has nl_langinfo(CODESET), but it is useless:
|
||||
# - It returns the empty string when LANG is set to a locale of the
|
||||
# form ll_CC, although ll_CC/LC_CTYPE is a symlink to an UTF-8
|
||||
# LC_CTYPE file.
|
||||
# - The environment variables LANG, LC_CTYPE, LC_ALL are not set by
|
||||
# the system; nl_langinfo(CODESET) returns "US-ASCII" in this case.
|
||||
# - The documentation says:
|
||||
# "... all code that calls BSD system routines should ensure
|
||||
# that the const *char parameters of these routines are in UTF-8
|
||||
# encoding. All BSD system functions expect their string
|
||||
# parameters to be in UTF-8 encoding and nothing else."
|
||||
# It also says
|
||||
# "An additional caveat is that string parameters for files,
|
||||
# paths, and other file-system entities must be in canonical
|
||||
# UTF-8. In a canonical UTF-8 Unicode string, all decomposable
|
||||
# characters are decomposed ..."
|
||||
# but this is not true: You can pass non-decomposed UTF-8 strings
|
||||
# to file system functions, and it is the OS which will convert
|
||||
# them to decomposed UTF-8 before accessing the file system.
|
||||
# - The Apple Terminal application displays UTF-8 by default.
|
||||
# - However, other applications are free to use different encodings:
|
||||
# - xterm uses ISO-8859-1 by default.
|
||||
# - TextEdit uses MacRoman by default.
|
||||
# We prefer UTF-8 over decomposed UTF-8-MAC because one should
|
||||
# minimize the use of decomposed Unicode. Unfortunately, through the
|
||||
# Darwin file system, decomposed UTF-8 strings are leaked into user
|
||||
# space nevertheless.
|
||||
echo "* UTF-8"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
beos*)
|
||||
# BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
|
||||
echo "* UTF-8"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
msdosdjgpp*)
|
||||
# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
|
||||
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
|
||||
# from the environment variables.
|
||||
echo "#"
|
||||
echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
|
||||
echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
|
||||
echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
|
||||
echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
|
||||
echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <juan.guerrero@gmx.de>"
|
||||
echo "# and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>."
|
||||
echo "#"
|
||||
echo "C ASCII"
|
||||
# ISO-8859-1 languages
|
||||
echo "ca CP850"
|
||||
echo "ca_ES CP850"
|
||||
echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ??
|
||||
echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
|
||||
echo "de CP850"
|
||||
echo "de_AT CP850"
|
||||
echo "de_CH CP850"
|
||||
echo "de_DE CP850"
|
||||
echo "en CP850"
|
||||
echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
|
||||
echo "en_CA CP850"
|
||||
echo "en_GB CP850"
|
||||
echo "en_NZ CP437"
|
||||
echo "en_US CP437"
|
||||
echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
|
||||
echo "es CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_AR CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_BO CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_CL CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_CO CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_CR CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_CU CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_DO CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_EC CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_ES CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_GT CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_HN CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_MX CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_NI CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_PA CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_PY CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_PE CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_SV CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_UY CP850"
|
||||
echo "es_VE CP850"
|
||||
echo "et CP850"
|
||||
echo "et_EE CP850"
|
||||
echo "eu CP850"
|
||||
echo "eu_ES CP850"
|
||||
echo "fi CP850"
|
||||
echo "fi_FI CP850"
|
||||
echo "fr CP850"
|
||||
echo "fr_BE CP850"
|
||||
echo "fr_CA CP850"
|
||||
echo "fr_CH CP850"
|
||||
echo "fr_FR CP850"
|
||||
echo "ga CP850"
|
||||
echo "ga_IE CP850"
|
||||
echo "gd CP850"
|
||||
echo "gd_GB CP850"
|
||||
echo "gl CP850"
|
||||
echo "gl_ES CP850"
|
||||
echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ??
|
||||
echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
|
||||
echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ??
|
||||
echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
|
||||
echo "it CP850"
|
||||
echo "it_CH CP850"
|
||||
echo "it_IT CP850"
|
||||
echo "lt CP775"
|
||||
echo "lt_LT CP775"
|
||||
echo "lv CP775"
|
||||
echo "lv_LV CP775"
|
||||
echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ??
|
||||
echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
|
||||
echo "nl CP850"
|
||||
echo "nl_BE CP850"
|
||||
echo "nl_NL CP850"
|
||||
echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ??
|
||||
echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
|
||||
echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ??
|
||||
echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
|
||||
echo "pt CP850"
|
||||
echo "pt_BR CP850"
|
||||
echo "pt_PT CP850"
|
||||
echo "sv CP850"
|
||||
echo "sv_SE CP850"
|
||||
# ISO-8859-2 languages
|
||||
echo "cs CP852"
|
||||
echo "cs_CZ CP852"
|
||||
echo "hr CP852"
|
||||
echo "hr_HR CP852"
|
||||
echo "hu CP852"
|
||||
echo "hu_HU CP852"
|
||||
echo "pl CP852"
|
||||
echo "pl_PL CP852"
|
||||
echo "ro CP852"
|
||||
echo "ro_RO CP852"
|
||||
echo "sk CP852"
|
||||
echo "sk_SK CP852"
|
||||
echo "sl CP852"
|
||||
echo "sl_SI CP852"
|
||||
echo "sq CP852"
|
||||
echo "sq_AL CP852"
|
||||
echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
|
||||
echo "sr_CS CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
|
||||
echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
|
||||
# ISO-8859-3 languages
|
||||
echo "mt CP850"
|
||||
echo "mt_MT CP850"
|
||||
# ISO-8859-5 languages
|
||||
echo "be CP866"
|
||||
echo "be_BE CP866"
|
||||
echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ??
|
||||
echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
|
||||
echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ??
|
||||
echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
|
||||
echo "ru CP866"
|
||||
echo "ru_RU CP866"
|
||||
echo "uk CP1125"
|
||||
echo "uk_UA CP1125"
|
||||
# ISO-8859-6 languages
|
||||
echo "ar CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_AE CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_DZ CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_EG CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_IQ CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_IR CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_JO CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_KW CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_MA CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_OM CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_QA CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_SA CP864"
|
||||
echo "ar_SY CP864"
|
||||
# ISO-8859-7 languages
|
||||
echo "el CP869"
|
||||
echo "el_GR CP869"
|
||||
# ISO-8859-8 languages
|
||||
echo "he CP862"
|
||||
echo "he_IL CP862"
|
||||
# ISO-8859-9 languages
|
||||
echo "tr CP857"
|
||||
echo "tr_TR CP857"
|
||||
# Japanese
|
||||
echo "ja CP932"
|
||||
echo "ja_JP CP932"
|
||||
# Chinese
|
||||
echo "zh_CN GBK"
|
||||
echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
|
||||
# Korean
|
||||
echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ??
|
||||
echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
|
||||
# Thai
|
||||
echo "th CP874"
|
||||
echo "th_TH CP874"
|
||||
# Other
|
||||
echo "eo CP850"
|
||||
echo "eo_EO CP850"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
|
@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
|
||||
# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
|
||||
# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
|
||||
locale. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
DCGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
INTDEF(__dcgettext)
|
||||
weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
1689
intl/dcigettext.c
1689
intl/dcigettext.c
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
|
||||
# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
|
||||
# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
|
||||
locale. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
DCNGETTEXT (const char *domainname,
|
||||
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n,
|
||||
int category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <locale.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
DGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <locale.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DNGETTEXT libintl_dngettext
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
DNGETTEXT (const char *domainname,
|
||||
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Plural expression evaluation.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef STATIC
|
||||
#define STATIC static
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
unsigned long int
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
plural_eval (const struct expression *pexp, unsigned long int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (pexp->nargs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 0:
|
||||
switch (pexp->operation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case var:
|
||||
return n;
|
||||
case num:
|
||||
return pexp->val.num;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 1:
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* pexp->operation must be lnot. */
|
||||
unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
|
||||
return ! arg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
case 2:
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
|
||||
if (pexp->operation == lor)
|
||||
return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
|
||||
else if (pexp->operation == land)
|
||||
return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
|
||||
|
||||
switch (pexp->operation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case mult:
|
||||
return leftarg * rightarg;
|
||||
case divide:
|
||||
#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
|
||||
if (rightarg == 0)
|
||||
raise (SIGFPE);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return leftarg / rightarg;
|
||||
case module:
|
||||
#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
|
||||
if (rightarg == 0)
|
||||
raise (SIGFPE);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return leftarg % rightarg;
|
||||
case plus:
|
||||
return leftarg + rightarg;
|
||||
case minus:
|
||||
return leftarg - rightarg;
|
||||
case less_than:
|
||||
return leftarg < rightarg;
|
||||
case greater_than:
|
||||
return leftarg > rightarg;
|
||||
case less_or_equal:
|
||||
return leftarg <= rightarg;
|
||||
case greater_or_equal:
|
||||
return leftarg >= rightarg;
|
||||
case equal:
|
||||
return leftarg == rightarg;
|
||||
case not_equal:
|
||||
return leftarg != rightarg;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
case 3:
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* pexp->operation must be qmop. */
|
||||
unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
|
||||
return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2001, 2003, 2005, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "loadinfo.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
|
||||
#ifndef NULL
|
||||
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
|
||||
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define NULL 0
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the
|
||||
rest. Return a pointer to the first character after the language,
|
||||
i.e. to the first byte of the rest. */
|
||||
static char *_nl_find_language (const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
_nl_find_language (const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@' && name[0] != '.')
|
||||
++name;
|
||||
|
||||
return (char *) name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
_nl_explode_name (char *name,
|
||||
const char **language, const char **modifier,
|
||||
const char **territory, const char **codeset,
|
||||
const char **normalized_codeset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *cp;
|
||||
int mask;
|
||||
|
||||
*modifier = NULL;
|
||||
*territory = NULL;
|
||||
*codeset = NULL;
|
||||
*normalized_codeset = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
|
||||
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'. */
|
||||
mask = 0;
|
||||
*language = cp = name;
|
||||
cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
|
||||
|
||||
if (*language == cp)
|
||||
/* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use
|
||||
this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */
|
||||
cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (cp[0] == '_')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Next is the territory. */
|
||||
cp[0] = '\0';
|
||||
*territory = ++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@')
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
mask |= XPG_TERRITORY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (cp[0] == '.')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Next is the codeset. */
|
||||
cp[0] = '\0';
|
||||
*codeset = ++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
mask |= XPG_CODESET;
|
||||
|
||||
if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
*normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
|
||||
cp - *codeset);
|
||||
if (*normalized_codeset == NULL)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
else if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
|
||||
free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
|
||||
else
|
||||
mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (cp[0] == '@')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Next is the modifier. */
|
||||
cp[0] = '\0';
|
||||
*modifier = ++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (cp[0] != '\0')
|
||||
mask |= XPG_MODIFIER;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
|
||||
mask &= ~XPG_TERRITORY;
|
||||
|
||||
if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
|
||||
mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
|
||||
|
||||
return mask;
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
#if @HAVE_VISIBILITY@ && BUILDING_LIBINTL
|
||||
#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -1,212 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized __libc_rwlock_define_initialized
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_rdlock __libc_rwlock_rdlock
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "lock.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
/* List of already loaded domains. */
|
||||
static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
|
||||
the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
|
||||
established bindings. */
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
_nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale,
|
||||
const char *domainname, struct binding *domainbinding)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
|
||||
const char *language;
|
||||
const char *modifier;
|
||||
const char *territory;
|
||||
const char *codeset;
|
||||
const char *normalized_codeset;
|
||||
const char *alias_value;
|
||||
int mask;
|
||||
|
||||
/* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
|
||||
|
||||
language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier]
|
||||
|
||||
Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If
|
||||
the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
|
||||
looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to
|
||||
the following order:
|
||||
(1) codeset
|
||||
(2) normalized codeset
|
||||
(3) territory
|
||||
(4) modifier
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data. */
|
||||
gl_rwlock_define_initialized (static, lock);
|
||||
gl_rwlock_rdlock (lock);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
|
||||
be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */
|
||||
retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
|
||||
strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
|
||||
NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
gl_rwlock_unlock (lock);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We know something about this locale. */
|
||||
int cnt;
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval->decided <= 0)
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval->data != NULL)
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0)
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value
|
||||
*overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is
|
||||
done. */
|
||||
alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
|
||||
if (alias_value != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
locale = strdup (alias_value);
|
||||
if (locale == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
|
||||
locale = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (locale == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
|
||||
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'. */
|
||||
mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
|
||||
&codeset, &normalized_codeset);
|
||||
if (mask == -1)
|
||||
/* This means we are out of core. */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data. */
|
||||
gl_rwlock_wrlock (lock);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
|
||||
generalization. */
|
||||
retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
|
||||
strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
|
||||
codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier,
|
||||
domainname, 1);
|
||||
|
||||
gl_rwlock_unlock (lock);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval == NULL)
|
||||
/* This means we are out of core. */
|
||||
goto out;
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval->decided <= 0)
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
|
||||
if (retval->data == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int cnt;
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0)
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
|
||||
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */
|
||||
if (alias_value != NULL)
|
||||
free (locale);
|
||||
|
||||
out:
|
||||
/* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */
|
||||
if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
|
||||
free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* This is called from iconv/gconv_db.c's free_mem, as locales must
|
||||
be freed before freeing gconv steps arrays. */
|
||||
void __libc_freeres_fn_section
|
||||
_nl_finddomain_subfreeres ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
|
||||
|
||||
while (runp != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
|
||||
if (runp->data != NULL)
|
||||
_nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
|
||||
runp = runp->next;
|
||||
free ((char *) here->filename);
|
||||
free (here);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define __need_NULL
|
||||
# include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define GETTEXT __gettext
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
|
||||
text). */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
GETTEXT (const char *msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
297
intl/gettextP.h
297
intl/gettextP.h
|
@ -1,297 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
|
||||
#define _GETTEXTP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h> /* Get size_t. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if HAVE_ICONV
|
||||
# include <iconv.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "lock.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
extern char *__gettext (const char *__msgid);
|
||||
extern char *__dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid);
|
||||
extern char *__dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category);
|
||||
extern char *__ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n);
|
||||
extern char *__dngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int n);
|
||||
extern char *__dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n, int __category);
|
||||
extern char *__dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
|
||||
int __category);
|
||||
extern char *__textdomain (const char *__domainname);
|
||||
extern char *__bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname);
|
||||
extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__codeset);
|
||||
extern void _nl_finddomain_subfreeres (void) attribute_hidden;
|
||||
extern void _nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *__domain)
|
||||
internal_function attribute_hidden;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to
|
||||
call them under their real name. */
|
||||
# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
|
||||
extern char *gl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
|
||||
int __category,
|
||||
const char *__localename, const char *__encoding);
|
||||
# else
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
|
||||
int __category);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "loadinfo.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gmo.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef internal_function
|
||||
# define internal_function
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef attribute_hidden
|
||||
# define attribute_hidden
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
|
||||
almost always true or almost always false. */
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
|
||||
# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef W
|
||||
# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <byteswap.h>
|
||||
# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
static inline nls_uint32
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
SWAP (nls_uint32 i)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
SWAP (i)
|
||||
nls_uint32 i;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* In-memory representation of system dependent string. */
|
||||
struct sysdep_string_desc
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */
|
||||
size_t length;
|
||||
/* Pointer to addressed string. */
|
||||
const char *pointer;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Cache of translated strings after charset conversion.
|
||||
Note: The strings are converted to the target encoding only on an as-needed
|
||||
basis. */
|
||||
struct converted_domain
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The target encoding name. */
|
||||
const char *encoding;
|
||||
/* The descriptor for conversion from the message catalog's encoding to
|
||||
this target encoding. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
__gconv_t conv;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if HAVE_ICONV
|
||||
iconv_t conv;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* The table of translated strings after charset conversion. */
|
||||
char **conv_tab;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */
|
||||
struct loaded_domain
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Pointer to memory containing the .mo file. */
|
||||
const char *data;
|
||||
/* 1 if the memory is mmap()ed, 0 if the memory is malloc()ed. */
|
||||
int use_mmap;
|
||||
/* Size of mmap()ed memory. */
|
||||
size_t mmap_size;
|
||||
/* 1 if the .mo file uses a different endianness than this machine. */
|
||||
int must_swap;
|
||||
/* Pointer to additional malloc()ed memory. */
|
||||
void *malloced;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Number of static strings pairs. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 nstrings;
|
||||
/* Pointer to descriptors of original strings in the file. */
|
||||
const struct string_desc *orig_tab;
|
||||
/* Pointer to descriptors of translated strings in the file. */
|
||||
const struct string_desc *trans_tab;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Number of system dependent strings pairs. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
|
||||
/* Pointer to descriptors of original sysdep strings. */
|
||||
const struct sysdep_string_desc *orig_sysdep_tab;
|
||||
/* Pointer to descriptors of translated sysdep strings. */
|
||||
const struct sysdep_string_desc *trans_sysdep_tab;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Size of hash table. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 hash_size;
|
||||
/* Pointer to hash table. */
|
||||
const nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
|
||||
/* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine. */
|
||||
int must_swap_hash_tab;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Cache of charset conversions of the translated strings. */
|
||||
struct converted_domain *conversions;
|
||||
size_t nconversions;
|
||||
gl_rwlock_define (, conversions_lock)
|
||||
|
||||
const struct expression *plural;
|
||||
unsigned long int nplurals;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C
|
||||
doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
# define ZERO 0
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define ZERO 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings
|
||||
from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */
|
||||
struct binding
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct binding *next;
|
||||
char *dirname;
|
||||
char *codeset;
|
||||
char domainname[ZERO];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
|
||||
become invalid.
|
||||
This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */
|
||||
#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
|
||||
# include <glocale/config.h>
|
||||
extern LIBGLOCALE_DLL_EXPORTED int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBC
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_language_preferences_default (void);
|
||||
# define gl_locale_name_canonicalize _nl_locale_name_canonicalize
|
||||
extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name);
|
||||
# define gl_locale_name_posix _nl_locale_name_posix
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_posix (int category,
|
||||
const char *categoryname);
|
||||
# define gl_locale_name_default _nl_locale_name_default
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_default (void);
|
||||
# define gl_locale_name _nl_locale_name
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_locale_name (int category, const char *categoryname);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain (const char *__dirname, char *__locale,
|
||||
const char *__domainname,
|
||||
struct binding *__domainbinding)
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
void _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
|
||||
struct binding *__domainbinding)
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
|
||||
char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
|
||||
struct binding *domainbinding, const char *encoding,
|
||||
const char *msgid,
|
||||
size_t *lengthp)
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
|
||||
struct binding *domainbinding, const char *msgid,
|
||||
int convert, size_t *lengthp)
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
|
||||
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
|
||||
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
|
||||
#if !defined _LIBC
|
||||
# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
|
||||
# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
|
||||
extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
libc_hidden_proto (_nl_default_dirname)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
|
||||
extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
|
||||
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
|
||||
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
|
||||
#if !defined _LIBC
|
||||
# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
|
||||
# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Name of the default text domain. */
|
||||
extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden;
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* gettextP.h */
|
152
intl/gmo.h
152
intl/gmo.h
|
@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002, 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
|
||||
#define _GETTEXT_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */
|
||||
#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
|
||||
#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
|
||||
|
||||
/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
|
||||
#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
|
||||
#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER_WITH_SYSDEP_I 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
|
||||
to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
|
||||
alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
|
||||
as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
|
||||
when cross-compiling. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if __STDC__
|
||||
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
|
||||
This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
|
||||
that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
|
||||
(that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef UINT_MAX
|
||||
# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
|
||||
# else
|
||||
/* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is
|
||||
not portable enough. */
|
||||
"Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Header for binary .mo file format. */
|
||||
struct mo_file_header
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The magic number. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 magic;
|
||||
/* The revision number of the file format. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 revision;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0 or 1. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The number of strings pairs. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 nstrings;
|
||||
/* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
|
||||
/* Offset of table with start offsets of translated strings. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
|
||||
/* Size of hash table. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
|
||||
/* Offset of first hash table entry. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The number of system dependent segments. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments;
|
||||
/* Offset of table describing system dependent segments. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 sysdep_segments_offset;
|
||||
/* The number of system dependent strings pairs. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
|
||||
/* Offset of table with start offsets of original sysdep strings. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 orig_sysdep_tab_offset;
|
||||
/* Offset of table with start offsets of translated sysdep strings. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 trans_sysdep_tab_offset;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Descriptor for static string contained in the binary .mo file. */
|
||||
struct string_desc
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Length of addressed string, not including the trailing NUL. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 length;
|
||||
/* Offset of string in file. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 offset;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Descriptor for system dependent string segment. */
|
||||
struct sysdep_segment
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 length;
|
||||
/* Offset of string in file. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 offset;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pair of a static and a system dependent segment, in struct sysdep_string. */
|
||||
struct segment_pair
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Size of static segment. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 segsize;
|
||||
/* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 sysdepref;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Descriptor for system dependent string. */
|
||||
struct sysdep_string
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Offset of static string segments in file. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 offset;
|
||||
/* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments.
|
||||
The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL. */
|
||||
struct segment_pair segments[1];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array. This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF,
|
||||
regardless whether 'int' is 16 bit, 32 bit, or 64 bit. */
|
||||
#define SEGMENTS_END ((nls_uint32) ~0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* gettext.h */
|
|
@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Implements a string hashing function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#include "hash-string.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
|
||||
[see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
|
||||
1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
|
||||
unsigned long int
|
||||
__hash_string (const char *str_param)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long int hval, g;
|
||||
const char *str = str_param;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute the hash value for the given string. */
|
||||
hval = 0;
|
||||
while (*str != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
hval <<= 4;
|
||||
hval += (unsigned char) *str++;
|
||||
g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
|
||||
if (g != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
|
||||
hval ^= g;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return hval;
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997-1998, 2000-2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */
|
||||
#define HASHWORDBITS 32
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBC
|
||||
# ifdef IN_LIBINTL
|
||||
# define __hash_string libintl_hash_string
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define __hash_string hash_string
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
|
||||
[see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
|
||||
1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
|
||||
extern unsigned long int __hash_string (const char *str_param);
|
|
@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
|
||||
Library.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003, 2005 Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix) to those
|
||||
defined in the included GNU libintl library (with "libintl_" prefix).
|
||||
It is compiled into libintl in order to make the AM_GNU_GETTEXT test
|
||||
of gettext <= 0.11.2 work with the libintl library >= 0.11.3 which
|
||||
has the redirections primarily in the <libintl.h> include file.
|
||||
It is also compiled into libgnuintl so that libgnuintl.so can be used
|
||||
as LD_PRELOADable library on glibc systems, to provide the extra
|
||||
features that the functions in the libc don't have (namely, logging). */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#undef gettext
|
||||
#undef dgettext
|
||||
#undef dcgettext
|
||||
#undef ngettext
|
||||
#undef dngettext
|
||||
#undef dcngettext
|
||||
#undef textdomain
|
||||
#undef bindtextdomain
|
||||
#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
|
||||
the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
|
||||
don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */
|
||||
#if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
|
||||
#elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
gettext (const char *msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_gettext (msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
dgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
dcgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
ngettext (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
dngettext (const char *domainname,
|
||||
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
dcngettext (const char *domainname,
|
||||
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n,
|
||||
int category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
textdomain (const char *domainname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_textdomain (domainname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
bindtextdomain (const char *domainname, const char *dirname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *domainname, const char *codeset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset);
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* List of exported symbols of libintl on Cygwin.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* IMP(x) is a symbol that contains the address of x. */
|
||||
#define IMP(x) _imp__##x
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ensure that the variable x is exported from the library, and that a
|
||||
pseudo-variable IMP(x) is available. */
|
||||
#define VARIABLE(x) \
|
||||
/* Export x without redefining x. This code was found by compiling a \
|
||||
snippet: \
|
||||
extern __declspec(dllexport) int x; int x = 42; */ \
|
||||
asm (".section .drectve\n"); \
|
||||
asm (".ascii \" -export:" #x ",data\"\n"); \
|
||||
asm (".data\n"); \
|
||||
/* Allocate a pseudo-variable IMP(x). */ \
|
||||
extern int x; \
|
||||
void * IMP(x) = &x;
|
||||
|
||||
VARIABLE(libintl_version)
|
400
intl/l10nflist.c
400
intl/l10nflist.c
|
@ -1,400 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
|
||||
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
|
||||
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
|
||||
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
|
||||
# include <argz.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "loadinfo.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
|
||||
#ifndef NULL
|
||||
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
|
||||
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define NULL 0
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
|
||||
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
|
||||
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
|
||||
# ifndef stpcpy
|
||||
# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pathname support.
|
||||
ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
|
||||
IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not,
|
||||
it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
|
||||
/* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
|
||||
# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
|
||||
((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
|
||||
&& (P)[1] == ':')
|
||||
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Unix */
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
|
||||
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define function which are usually not available. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len)
|
||||
#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT
|
||||
# undef __argz_count
|
||||
# define __argz_count argz_count
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */
|
||||
static size_t
|
||||
argz_count__ (const char *argz, size_t len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t count = 0;
|
||||
while (len > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
|
||||
argz += part_len + 1;
|
||||
len -= part_len + 1;
|
||||
count++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
# undef __argz_count
|
||||
# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
|
||||
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \
|
||||
INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep)
|
||||
#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY
|
||||
# undef __argz_stringify
|
||||
# define __argz_stringify argz_stringify
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
|
||||
except the last into the character SEP. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
argz_stringify__ (char *argz, size_t len, int sep)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (len > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
|
||||
argz += part_len;
|
||||
len -= part_len + 1;
|
||||
if (len > 0)
|
||||
*argz++ = sep;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
# undef __argz_stringify
|
||||
# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
|
||||
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT
|
||||
# undef __argz_next
|
||||
# define __argz_next argz_next
|
||||
#else
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
argz_next__ (char *argz, size_t argz_len, const char *entry)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (entry)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (entry < argz + argz_len)
|
||||
entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
|
||||
|
||||
return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (argz_len > 0)
|
||||
return argz;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
# undef __argz_next
|
||||
# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
|
||||
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return number of bits set in X. */
|
||||
static inline int
|
||||
pop (int x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */
|
||||
x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
|
||||
x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
|
||||
x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
|
||||
x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
|
||||
|
||||
return x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *
|
||||
_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
|
||||
const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len,
|
||||
int mask, const char *language, const char *territory,
|
||||
const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset,
|
||||
const char *modifier,
|
||||
const char *filename, int do_allocate)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *abs_filename;
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp;
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
|
||||
char *cp;
|
||||
size_t dirlist_count;
|
||||
size_t entries;
|
||||
int cnt;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If LANGUAGE contains an absolute directory specification, we ignore
|
||||
DIRLIST. */
|
||||
if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (language))
|
||||
dirlist_len = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate room for the full file name. */
|
||||
abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
|
||||
+ strlen (language)
|
||||
+ ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0
|
||||
? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
|
||||
+ ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
|
||||
? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
|
||||
+ ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
|
||||
? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
|
||||
+ ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
|
||||
? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
|
||||
+ 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (abs_filename == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Construct file name. */
|
||||
cp = abs_filename;
|
||||
if (dirlist_len > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (cp, dirlist, dirlist_len);
|
||||
__argz_stringify (cp, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
|
||||
cp += dirlist_len;
|
||||
cp[-1] = '/';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*cp++ = '_';
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*cp++ = '.';
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*cp++ = '.';
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*cp++ = '@';
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*cp++ = '/';
|
||||
stpcpy (cp, filename);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
|
||||
available. */
|
||||
lastp = l10nfile_list;
|
||||
for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
|
||||
if (retval->filename != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
|
||||
if (compare == 0)
|
||||
/* We found it! */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
if (compare < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* It's not in the list. */
|
||||
retval = NULL;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
lastp = &retval->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (abs_filename);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
dirlist_count = (dirlist_len > 0 ? __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) : 1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate a new loaded_l10nfile. */
|
||||
retval =
|
||||
(struct loaded_l10nfile *)
|
||||
malloc (sizeof (*retval)
|
||||
+ (((dirlist_count << pop (mask)) + (dirlist_count > 1 ? 1 : 0))
|
||||
* sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
|
||||
if (retval == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (abs_filename);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
retval->filename = abs_filename;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We set retval->data to NULL here; it is filled in later.
|
||||
Setting retval->decided to 1 here means that retval does not
|
||||
correspond to a real file (dirlist_count > 1) or is not worth
|
||||
looking up (if an unnormalized codeset was specified). */
|
||||
retval->decided = (dirlist_count > 1
|
||||
|| ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
|
||||
&& (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
|
||||
retval->data = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
retval->next = *lastp;
|
||||
*lastp = retval;
|
||||
|
||||
entries = 0;
|
||||
/* Recurse to fill the inheritance list of RETVAL.
|
||||
If the DIRLIST is a real list (i.e. DIRLIST_COUNT > 1), the RETVAL
|
||||
entry does not correspond to a real file; retval->filename contains
|
||||
colons. In this case we loop across all elements of DIRLIST and
|
||||
across all bit patterns dominated by MASK.
|
||||
If the DIRLIST is a single directory or entirely redundant (i.e.
|
||||
DIRLIST_COUNT == 1), we loop across all bit patterns dominated by
|
||||
MASK, excluding MASK itself.
|
||||
In either case, we loop down from MASK to 0. This has the effect
|
||||
that the extra bits in the locale name are dropped in this order:
|
||||
first the modifier, then the territory, then the codeset, then the
|
||||
normalized_codeset. */
|
||||
for (cnt = dirlist_count > 1 ? mask : mask - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
|
||||
if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
|
||||
&& !((cnt & XPG_CODESET) != 0 && (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (dirlist_count > 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */
|
||||
char *dir = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
|
||||
!= NULL)
|
||||
retval->successor[entries++]
|
||||
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1,
|
||||
cnt, language, territory, codeset,
|
||||
normalized_codeset, modifier, filename,
|
||||
1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
retval->successor[entries++]
|
||||
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len,
|
||||
cnt, language, territory, codeset,
|
||||
normalized_codeset, modifier, filename, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
|
||||
names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
|
||||
names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
|
||||
freed by the caller. */
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, size_t name_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int len = 0;
|
||||
int only_digit = 1;
|
||||
char *retval;
|
||||
char *wp;
|
||||
size_t cnt;
|
||||
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
|
||||
if (isalnum ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
|
||||
{
|
||||
++len;
|
||||
|
||||
if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
|
||||
only_digit = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (only_digit)
|
||||
wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
|
||||
else
|
||||
wp = retval;
|
||||
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
|
||||
if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
|
||||
*wp++ = tolower ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]);
|
||||
else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
|
||||
*wp++ = codeset[cnt];
|
||||
|
||||
*wp = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (const char *) retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
|
||||
avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
|
||||
function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
to be defined. */
|
||||
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
|
||||
/* Do nothing. */ ;
|
||||
return dest - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
130
intl/langprefs.c
130
intl/langprefs.c
|
@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Determine the user's language preferences.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
# include <CoreFoundation/CFPreferences.h>
|
||||
# include <CoreFoundation/CFPropertyList.h>
|
||||
# include <CoreFoundation/CFArray.h>
|
||||
# include <CoreFoundation/CFString.h>
|
||||
extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the user's language preferences, as a colon separated list of
|
||||
locale names in XPG syntax
|
||||
language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier]
|
||||
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
|
||||
The LANGUAGE environment variable does not need to be considered; it is
|
||||
already taken into account by the caller. */
|
||||
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
_nl_language_preferences_default (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE /* MacOS X 10.2 or newer */
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Cache the preferences list, since CoreFoundation calls are expensive. */
|
||||
static const char *cached_languages;
|
||||
static int cache_initialized;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!cache_initialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CFTypeRef preferences =
|
||||
CFPreferencesCopyAppValue (CFSTR ("AppleLanguages"),
|
||||
kCFPreferencesCurrentApplication);
|
||||
if (preferences != NULL
|
||||
&& CFGetTypeID (preferences) == CFArrayGetTypeID ())
|
||||
{
|
||||
CFArrayRef prefArray = (CFArrayRef)preferences;
|
||||
int n = CFArrayGetCount (prefArray);
|
||||
char buf[256];
|
||||
size_t size = 0;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CFTypeRef element = CFArrayGetValueAtIndex (prefArray, i);
|
||||
if (element != NULL
|
||||
&& CFGetTypeID (element) == CFStringGetTypeID ()
|
||||
&& CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)element,
|
||||
buf, sizeof (buf),
|
||||
kCFStringEncodingASCII))
|
||||
{
|
||||
_nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf);
|
||||
size += strlen (buf) + 1;
|
||||
/* Most GNU programs use msgids in English and don't ship
|
||||
an en.mo message catalog. Therefore when we see "en"
|
||||
in the preferences list, arrange for gettext() to
|
||||
return the msgid, and ignore all further elements of
|
||||
the preferences list. */
|
||||
if (strcmp (buf, "en") == 0)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (size > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *languages = (char *) malloc (size);
|
||||
|
||||
if (languages != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *p = languages;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CFTypeRef element =
|
||||
CFArrayGetValueAtIndex (prefArray, i);
|
||||
if (element != NULL
|
||||
&& CFGetTypeID (element) == CFStringGetTypeID ()
|
||||
&& CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)element,
|
||||
buf, sizeof (buf),
|
||||
kCFStringEncodingASCII))
|
||||
{
|
||||
_nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf);
|
||||
strcpy (p, buf);
|
||||
p += strlen (buf);
|
||||
*p++ = ':';
|
||||
if (strcmp (buf, "en") == 0)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*--p = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
cached_languages = languages;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
cache_initialized = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (cached_languages != NULL)
|
||||
return cached_languages;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -1,419 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
|
||||
#define _LIBINTL_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
#include <locale.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
|
||||
gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
|
||||
On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
|
||||
On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5)
|
||||
then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
in this case. */
|
||||
#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun))
|
||||
# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
|
||||
implementation of gettext. */
|
||||
#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the
|
||||
maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */
|
||||
#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \
|
||||
((major) == 0 || (major) == 1 ? 1 : -1)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
|
||||
precedence over _conio_gettext. */
|
||||
#ifdef __DJGPP__
|
||||
# undef gettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Version number: (major<<16) + (minor<<8) + subminor */
|
||||
#define LIBINTL_VERSION 0x001100
|
||||
extern int libintl_version;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_". This is
|
||||
necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C
|
||||
library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer).
|
||||
If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the
|
||||
definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so
|
||||
shared library. Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked
|
||||
up in the following order:
|
||||
1. in the executable,
|
||||
2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order,
|
||||
3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link
|
||||
command line,
|
||||
4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were
|
||||
dlopen()ed.
|
||||
The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if
|
||||
either
|
||||
* -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or
|
||||
* -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or
|
||||
* libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not
|
||||
linked to the executable at link time.
|
||||
Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this
|
||||
would be unacceptable.
|
||||
|
||||
The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext
|
||||
is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in
|
||||
C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or
|
||||
class methods called 'gettext'. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS.
|
||||
If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is
|
||||
_INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */
|
||||
#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS)
|
||||
# if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !(__APPLE_CC__ > 1) && !defined __MINGW32__ && !(__GNUC__ == 2 && defined _AIX) && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus)
|
||||
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Auxiliary macros. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
|
||||
# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname))
|
||||
# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring
|
||||
# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define _INTL_ASM(cname)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) declares that the given function may return
|
||||
its n-th argument literally. This enables GCC to warn for example about
|
||||
printf (gettext ("foo %y")). */
|
||||
#if __GNUC__ >= 3 && !(__APPLE_CC__ > 1 && defined __cplusplus)
|
||||
# define _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) __attribute__ ((__format_arg__ (n)))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
|
||||
text). */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1);
|
||||
static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_gettext (__msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define gettext libintl_gettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dgettext libintl_dgettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
|
||||
locale. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
|
||||
number N. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define ngettext libintl_ngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
|
||||
number N. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
|
||||
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
|
||||
static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
|
||||
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dngettext libintl_dngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *dngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
|
||||
number N. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
|
||||
static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname);
|
||||
static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_textdomain (__domainname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define textdomain libintl_textdomain
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
|
||||
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname);
|
||||
static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
|
||||
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__codeset);
|
||||
static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__codeset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__codeset)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* IN_LIBGLOCALE */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Support for format strings with positions in *printf(), following the
|
||||
POSIX/XSI specification.
|
||||
Note: These replacements for the *printf() functions are visible only
|
||||
in source files that #include <libintl.h> or #include "gettext.h".
|
||||
Packages that use *printf() in source files that don't refer to _()
|
||||
or gettext() but for which the format string could be the return value
|
||||
of _() or gettext() need to add this #include. Oh well. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if !@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get va_list. */
|
||||
#if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER
|
||||
# include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <varargs.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#undef fprintf
|
||||
#define fprintf libintl_fprintf
|
||||
extern int fprintf (FILE *, const char *, ...);
|
||||
#undef vfprintf
|
||||
#define vfprintf libintl_vfprintf
|
||||
extern int vfprintf (FILE *, const char *, va_list);
|
||||
|
||||
#undef printf
|
||||
#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __BEOS__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__
|
||||
/* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))).
|
||||
This redefinition is only possible because the libc in NetBSD, Cygwin,
|
||||
mingw does not have a function __printf__. */
|
||||
# define libintl_printf __printf__
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define printf libintl_printf
|
||||
extern int printf (const char *, ...);
|
||||
#undef vprintf
|
||||
#define vprintf libintl_vprintf
|
||||
extern int vprintf (const char *, va_list);
|
||||
|
||||
#undef sprintf
|
||||
#define sprintf libintl_sprintf
|
||||
extern int sprintf (char *, const char *, ...);
|
||||
#undef vsprintf
|
||||
#define vsprintf libintl_vsprintf
|
||||
extern int vsprintf (char *, const char *, va_list);
|
||||
|
||||
#if @HAVE_SNPRINTF@
|
||||
|
||||
#undef snprintf
|
||||
#define snprintf libintl_snprintf
|
||||
extern int snprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, ...);
|
||||
#undef vsnprintf
|
||||
#define vsnprintf libintl_vsnprintf
|
||||
extern int vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if @HAVE_ASPRINTF@
|
||||
|
||||
#undef asprintf
|
||||
#define asprintf libintl_asprintf
|
||||
extern int asprintf (char **, const char *, ...);
|
||||
#undef vasprintf
|
||||
#define vasprintf libintl_vasprintf
|
||||
extern int vasprintf (char **, const char *, va_list);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if @HAVE_WPRINTF@
|
||||
|
||||
#undef fwprintf
|
||||
#define fwprintf libintl_fwprintf
|
||||
extern int fwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, ...);
|
||||
#undef vfwprintf
|
||||
#define vfwprintf libintl_vfwprintf
|
||||
extern int vfwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, va_list);
|
||||
|
||||
#undef wprintf
|
||||
#define wprintf libintl_wprintf
|
||||
extern int wprintf (const wchar_t *, ...);
|
||||
#undef vwprintf
|
||||
#define vwprintf libintl_vwprintf
|
||||
extern int vwprintf (const wchar_t *, va_list);
|
||||
|
||||
#undef swprintf
|
||||
#define swprintf libintl_swprintf
|
||||
extern int swprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, ...);
|
||||
#undef vswprintf
|
||||
#define vswprintf libintl_vswprintf
|
||||
extern int vswprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, va_list);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Support for relocatable packages. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
|
||||
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
|
||||
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
|
||||
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
|
||||
instead of "/"). */
|
||||
#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix
|
||||
extern void
|
||||
libintl_set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
|
||||
const char *curr_prefix);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* libintl.h */
|
|
@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Resources for intl.dll */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <winver.h>
|
||||
|
||||
VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
|
||||
FILEVERSION PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR,PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR,PACKAGE_VERSION_SUBMINOR,0
|
||||
PRODUCTVERSION PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR,PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR,PACKAGE_VERSION_SUBMINOR,0
|
||||
FILEFLAGSMASK 0x3fL /* VS_FFI_FILEFLAGSMASK */
|
||||
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
||||
FILEFLAGS 0x1L /* VS_FF_DEBUG */
|
||||
#else
|
||||
FILEFLAGS 0x0L
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
FILEOS 0x10004L /* VOS_DOS_WINDOWS32 */
|
||||
FILETYPE 0x2L /* VFT_DLL */
|
||||
FILESUBTYPE 0x0L /* VFT2_UNKNOWN */
|
||||
BEGIN
|
||||
BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
|
||||
BEGIN
|
||||
BLOCK "04090000" /* Lang = US English, Charset = ASCII */
|
||||
BEGIN
|
||||
VALUE "Comments", "This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA\0"
|
||||
VALUE "CompanyName", "Free Software Foundation\0"
|
||||
VALUE "FileDescription", "LGPLed libintl for Windows NT/2000/XP/Vista and Windows 95/98/ME\0"
|
||||
VALUE "FileVersion", PACKAGE_VERSION_STRING "\0"
|
||||
VALUE "InternalName", "intl.dll\0"
|
||||
VALUE "LegalCopyright", "Copyright (C) 1995-2007\0"
|
||||
VALUE "LegalTrademarks", "\0"
|
||||
VALUE "OriginalFilename", "intl.dll\0"
|
||||
VALUE "ProductName", "libintl: accessing NLS message catalogs\0"
|
||||
VALUE "ProductVersion", PACKAGE_VERSION_STRING "\0"
|
||||
END
|
||||
END
|
||||
BLOCK "VarFileInfo"
|
||||
BEGIN
|
||||
VALUE "Translation", 0x0409, 0 /* US English, ASCII */
|
||||
END
|
||||
END
|
132
intl/loadinfo.h
132
intl/loadinfo.h
|
@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
|
||||
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
|
||||
#define _LOADINFO_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions.
|
||||
Implemented in
|
||||
|
||||
localealias.c Possibly replace a locale name by another.
|
||||
explodename.c Split a locale name into its various fields.
|
||||
l10nflist.c Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs.
|
||||
finddomain.c Find and open the relevant message catalogs.
|
||||
|
||||
The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared
|
||||
in gettextP.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef internal_function
|
||||
# define internal_function
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
# define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
|
||||
almost always true or almost always false. */
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
|
||||
# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */
|
||||
#if ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && !defined __CYGWIN__) || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
|
||||
/* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
|
||||
# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Unix */
|
||||
# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Encoding of locale name parts. */
|
||||
#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 1
|
||||
#define XPG_CODESET 2
|
||||
#define XPG_TERRITORY 4
|
||||
#define XPG_MODIFIER 8
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *filename;
|
||||
int decided;
|
||||
|
||||
const void *data;
|
||||
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
|
||||
names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
|
||||
names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
|
||||
freed by the caller. */
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset,
|
||||
size_t name_len);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lookup a locale dependent file.
|
||||
*L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent
|
||||
files of the same kind, sorted in decreasing order of ->filename.
|
||||
DIRLIST and DIRLIST_LEN are an argz list of directories in which to
|
||||
look, containing at least one directory (i.e. DIRLIST_LEN > 0).
|
||||
MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER
|
||||
are the pieces of the locale name, as produced by _nl_explode_name().
|
||||
FILENAME is the filename suffix.
|
||||
The return value is the lookup result, either found in *L10NFILE_LIST,
|
||||
or - if DO_ALLOCATE is nonzero - freshly allocated, or possibly NULL.
|
||||
If the return value is non-NULL, it is added to *L10NFILE_LIST, and
|
||||
its ->next field denotes the chaining inside *L10NFILE_LIST, and
|
||||
furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup
|
||||
results from which this lookup result inherits. */
|
||||
extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
|
||||
_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
|
||||
const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
|
||||
const char *language, const char *territory,
|
||||
const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset,
|
||||
const char *modifier,
|
||||
const char *filename, int do_allocate);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if
|
||||
NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name).
|
||||
The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed. */
|
||||
/* Part of the libintl ABI only for the sake of the gettext.m4 macro. */
|
||||
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier,
|
||||
territory, codeset.
|
||||
NAME gets destructively modified: NUL bytes are inserted here and
|
||||
there. *LANGUAGE gets assigned NAME. Each of *MODIFIER, *TERRITORY,
|
||||
*CODESET gets assigned either a pointer into the old NAME string, or
|
||||
NULL. *NORMALIZED_CODESET gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it
|
||||
is different from *CODESET; this one is dynamically allocated and has
|
||||
to be freed by the caller.
|
||||
The return value is a bitmask, where each bit corresponds to one
|
||||
filled-in value:
|
||||
XPG_MODIFIER for *MODIFIER,
|
||||
XPG_TERRITORY for *TERRITORY,
|
||||
XPG_CODESET for *CODESET,
|
||||
XPG_NORM_CODESET for *NORMALIZED_CODESET.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int _nl_explode_name (char *name, const char **language,
|
||||
const char **modifier, const char **territory,
|
||||
const char **codeset,
|
||||
const char **normalized_codeset);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* loadinfo.h */
|
1336
intl/loadmsgcat.c
1336
intl/loadmsgcat.c
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
@ -1,461 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#include "localcharset.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
|
||||
# define WIN32_NATIVE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined __EMX__
|
||||
/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS. */
|
||||
# define OS2
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined WIN32_NATIVE
|
||||
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
|
||||
# include <langinfo.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# if 0 /* see comment below */
|
||||
# include <locale.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifdef __CYGWIN__
|
||||
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
||||
# include <windows.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#elif defined WIN32_NATIVE
|
||||
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
||||
# include <windows.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined OS2
|
||||
# define INCL_DOS
|
||||
# include <os2.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
|
||||
# include "relocatable.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get LIBDIR. */
|
||||
#ifndef LIBDIR
|
||||
# include "configmake.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
|
||||
/* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
|
||||
# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ISSLASH
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
|
||||
# undef getc
|
||||
# define getc getc_unlocked
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
|
||||
possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
|
||||
are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
|
||||
'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
|
||||
and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
|
||||
are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */
|
||||
#if __STDC__ != 1
|
||||
# define volatile /* empty */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
|
||||
read, else NULL. Its format is:
|
||||
ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */
|
||||
static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */
|
||||
static const char *
|
||||
get_charset_aliases (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *cp;
|
||||
|
||||
cp = charset_aliases;
|
||||
if (cp == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if !(defined VMS || defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__)
|
||||
FILE *fp;
|
||||
const char *dir;
|
||||
const char *base = "charset.alias";
|
||||
char *file_name;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make it possible to override the charset.alias location. This is
|
||||
necessary for running the testsuite before "make install". */
|
||||
dir = getenv ("CHARSETALIASDIR");
|
||||
if (dir == NULL || dir[0] == '\0')
|
||||
dir = relocate (LIBDIR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
|
||||
size_t base_len = strlen (base);
|
||||
int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
|
||||
file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
|
||||
if (file_name != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
|
||||
if (add_slash)
|
||||
file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
|
||||
memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
|
||||
/* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */
|
||||
cp = "";
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Parse the file's contents. */
|
||||
char *res_ptr = NULL;
|
||||
size_t res_size = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int c;
|
||||
char buf1[50+1];
|
||||
char buf2[50+1];
|
||||
size_t l1, l2;
|
||||
char *old_res_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
c = getc (fp);
|
||||
if (c == EOF)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
if (c == '#')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Skip comment, to end of line. */
|
||||
do
|
||||
c = getc (fp);
|
||||
while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
|
||||
if (c == EOF)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ungetc (c, fp);
|
||||
if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
l1 = strlen (buf1);
|
||||
l2 = strlen (buf2);
|
||||
old_res_ptr = res_ptr;
|
||||
if (res_size == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
|
||||
res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
|
||||
res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (res_ptr == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Out of memory. */
|
||||
res_size = 0;
|
||||
if (old_res_ptr != NULL)
|
||||
free (old_res_ptr);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
|
||||
strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
fclose (fp);
|
||||
if (res_size == 0)
|
||||
cp = "";
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
|
||||
cp = res_ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (file_name != NULL)
|
||||
free (file_name);
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined VMS
|
||||
/* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the
|
||||
sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here. */
|
||||
/* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation
|
||||
"Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems"
|
||||
section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets". */
|
||||
cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
|
||||
/* Japanese */
|
||||
"eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
|
||||
"SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
|
||||
"DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0"
|
||||
"SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
|
||||
/* Chinese */
|
||||
"eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
|
||||
"DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0"
|
||||
"DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
|
||||
/* Korean */
|
||||
"DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0";
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
/* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
|
||||
directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
|
||||
runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
|
||||
|
||||
cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
|
||||
"CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"
|
||||
"CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0"
|
||||
"CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
|
||||
"CP20936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
|
||||
"CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0"
|
||||
"CP38598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
|
||||
"CP51932" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
|
||||
"CP51936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
|
||||
"CP51949" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0"
|
||||
"CP51950" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
|
||||
"CP54936" "\0" "GB18030" "\0"
|
||||
"CP65001" "\0" "UTF-8" "\0";
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
charset_aliases = cp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return cp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
|
||||
into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
|
||||
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
|
||||
If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
|
||||
name. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
locale_charset (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *codeset;
|
||||
const char *aliases;
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined OS2)
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
|
||||
|
||||
/* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */
|
||||
codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __CYGWIN__
|
||||
/* Cygwin 2006 does not have locales. nl_langinfo (CODESET) always
|
||||
returns "US-ASCII". As long as this is not fixed, return the suffix
|
||||
of the locale name from the environment variables (if present) or
|
||||
the codepage as a number. */
|
||||
if (codeset != NULL && strcmp (codeset, "US-ASCII") == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *locale;
|
||||
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
|
||||
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LANG");
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return
|
||||
it. */
|
||||
const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
|
||||
|
||||
if (dot != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *modifier;
|
||||
|
||||
dot++;
|
||||
/* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */
|
||||
modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
|
||||
if (modifier == NULL)
|
||||
return dot;
|
||||
if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
|
||||
buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
|
||||
return buf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
|
||||
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
|
||||
codeset = buf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
/* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */
|
||||
const char *locale = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some
|
||||
(like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't
|
||||
use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
|
||||
locale name the user has set. */
|
||||
# if 0
|
||||
locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LANG");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
|
||||
you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
|
||||
through the charset.alias file. */
|
||||
codeset = locale;
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined WIN32_NATIVE
|
||||
|
||||
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
|
||||
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
|
||||
codeset = buf;
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined OS2
|
||||
|
||||
const char *locale;
|
||||
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
|
||||
ULONG cp[3];
|
||||
ULONG cplen;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system,
|
||||
with standard language environment variables. */
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LANG");
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it. */
|
||||
const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
|
||||
|
||||
if (dot != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *modifier;
|
||||
|
||||
dot++;
|
||||
/* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */
|
||||
modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
|
||||
if (modifier == NULL)
|
||||
return dot;
|
||||
if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
|
||||
buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
|
||||
return buf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Resolve through the charset.alias file. */
|
||||
codeset = locale;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
|
||||
if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen))
|
||||
codeset = "";
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]);
|
||||
codeset = buf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (codeset == NULL)
|
||||
/* The canonical name cannot be determined. */
|
||||
codeset = "";
|
||||
|
||||
/* Resolve alias. */
|
||||
for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
|
||||
*aliases != '\0';
|
||||
aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
|
||||
if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
|
||||
|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Don't return an empty string. GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret
|
||||
the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding",
|
||||
thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time. */
|
||||
if (codeset[0] == '\0')
|
||||
codeset = "ASCII";
|
||||
|
||||
return codeset;
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H
|
||||
#define _LOCALCHARSET_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
|
||||
into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
|
||||
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
|
||||
If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
|
||||
name. */
|
||||
extern const char * locale_charset (void);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */
|
|
@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# Locale name alias data base.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1996-2001,2003,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
# Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
# USA.
|
||||
|
||||
# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
|
||||
# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
|
||||
# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
|
||||
# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
|
||||
# All entries are case independent.
|
||||
|
||||
# Note: This file is obsolete and is kept around for the time being for
|
||||
# backward compatibility. Nobody should rely on the names defined here.
|
||||
# Locales should always be specified by their full name.
|
||||
|
||||
# Packages using this file:
|
||||
|
||||
bokmal nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
bokmål nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
german de_DE.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7
|
||||
hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8
|
||||
hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
japanese ja_JP.eucJP
|
||||
japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP
|
||||
ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP
|
||||
ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP
|
||||
japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS
|
||||
korean ko_KR.eucKR
|
||||
korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR
|
||||
ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR
|
||||
lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
|
||||
no_NO nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
no_NO.ISO-8859-1 nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
norwegian nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
|
||||
slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
thai th_TH.TIS-620
|
||||
turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9
|
|
@ -1,439 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Handle aliases for locale names.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
|
||||
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
|
||||
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
|
||||
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING
|
||||
# include <stdio_ext.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
# undef alloca
|
||||
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
|
||||
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifdef _MSC_VER
|
||||
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||
# define alloca _alloca
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <alloca.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef _AIX
|
||||
#pragma alloca
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifndef alloca
|
||||
char *alloca ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
|
||||
# include "relocatable.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
|
||||
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
|
||||
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
|
||||
# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef mempcpy
|
||||
# define mempcpy __mempcpy
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1
|
||||
# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "lock.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef internal_function
|
||||
# define internal_function
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some optimizations for glibc. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define FEOF(fp) feof_unlocked (fp)
|
||||
# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define FEOF(fp) feof (fp)
|
||||
# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets (buf, n, fp)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
|
||||
some additional code emulating it. */
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
|
||||
# define freea(p) /* nothing */
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
|
||||
# define freea(p) free (p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
|
||||
# undef fgets
|
||||
# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
|
||||
# undef feof
|
||||
# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct alias_map
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *alias;
|
||||
const char *value;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBC
|
||||
# define libc_freeres_ptr(decl) decl
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
libc_freeres_ptr (static char *string_space);
|
||||
static size_t string_space_act;
|
||||
static size_t string_space_max;
|
||||
libc_freeres_ptr (static struct alias_map *map);
|
||||
static size_t nmap;
|
||||
static size_t maxmap;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
|
||||
static size_t read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len)
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
static int extend_alias_table (void);
|
||||
static int alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1,
|
||||
const struct alias_map *map2);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
_nl_expand_alias (const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const char *locale_alias_path;
|
||||
struct alias_map *retval;
|
||||
const char *result = NULL;
|
||||
size_t added;
|
||||
|
||||
__libc_lock_lock (lock);
|
||||
|
||||
if (locale_alias_path == NULL)
|
||||
locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct alias_map item;
|
||||
|
||||
item.alias = name;
|
||||
|
||||
if (nmap > 0)
|
||||
retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
|
||||
sizeof (struct alias_map),
|
||||
(int (*) (const void *,
|
||||
const void *)
|
||||
) alias_compare);
|
||||
else
|
||||
retval = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We really found an alias. Return the value. */
|
||||
if (retval != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
result = retval->value;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */
|
||||
added = 0;
|
||||
while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *start;
|
||||
|
||||
while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
|
||||
++locale_alias_path;
|
||||
start = locale_alias_path;
|
||||
|
||||
while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
|
||||
&& locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
|
||||
++locale_alias_path;
|
||||
|
||||
if (start < locale_alias_path)
|
||||
added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (added != 0);
|
||||
|
||||
__libc_lock_unlock (lock);
|
||||
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static size_t
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FILE *fp;
|
||||
char *full_fname;
|
||||
size_t added;
|
||||
static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
|
||||
|
||||
full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
|
||||
mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
|
||||
aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
|
||||
memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Note the file is opened with cancellation in the I/O functions
|
||||
disabled. */
|
||||
fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "rc");
|
||||
#else
|
||||
fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "r");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
freea (full_fname);
|
||||
if (fp == NULL)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING
|
||||
/* No threads present. */
|
||||
__fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
added = 0;
|
||||
while (!FEOF (fp))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
|
||||
a) we are only interested in the first two fields
|
||||
b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
|
||||
be that long
|
||||
We avoid a multi-kilobyte buffer here since this would use up
|
||||
stack space which we might not have if the program ran out of
|
||||
memory. */
|
||||
char buf[400];
|
||||
char *alias;
|
||||
char *value;
|
||||
char *cp;
|
||||
int complete_line;
|
||||
|
||||
if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
|
||||
/* EOF reached. */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine whether the line is complete. */
|
||||
complete_line = strchr (buf, '\n') != NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
cp = buf;
|
||||
/* Ignore leading white space. */
|
||||
while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */
|
||||
if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
|
||||
{
|
||||
alias = cp++;
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
/* Terminate alias name. */
|
||||
if (cp[0] != '\0')
|
||||
*cp++ = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now look for the beginning of the value. */
|
||||
while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (cp[0] != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
value = cp++;
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
/* Terminate value. */
|
||||
if (cp[0] == '\n')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This has to be done to make the following test
|
||||
for the end of line possible. We are looking for
|
||||
the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */
|
||||
*cp++ = '\0';
|
||||
*cp = '\n';
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (cp[0] != '\0')
|
||||
*cp++ = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
|
||||
/* glibc's locale.alias contains entries for ja_JP and ko_KR
|
||||
that make it impossible to use a Japanese or Korean UTF-8
|
||||
locale under the name "ja_JP" or "ko_KR". Ignore these
|
||||
entries. */
|
||||
if (strchr (alias, '_') == NULL)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t alias_len;
|
||||
size_t value_len;
|
||||
|
||||
if (nmap >= maxmap)
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
|
||||
goto out;
|
||||
|
||||
alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
|
||||
value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Increase size of memory pool. */
|
||||
size_t new_size = (string_space_max
|
||||
+ (alias_len + value_len > 1024
|
||||
? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
|
||||
char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
|
||||
if (new_pool == NULL)
|
||||
goto out;
|
||||
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
|
||||
map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
string_space = new_pool;
|
||||
string_space_max = new_size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
map[nmap].alias =
|
||||
(const char *) memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
|
||||
alias, alias_len);
|
||||
string_space_act += alias_len;
|
||||
|
||||
map[nmap].value =
|
||||
(const char *) memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
|
||||
value, value_len);
|
||||
string_space_act += value_len;
|
||||
|
||||
++nmap;
|
||||
++added;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore
|
||||
the rest of the line. */
|
||||
if (! complete_line)
|
||||
do
|
||||
if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
|
||||
/* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
|
||||
will exit at the `feof' test. */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
out:
|
||||
/* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore
|
||||
errors. --drepper */
|
||||
fclose (fp);
|
||||
|
||||
if (added > 0)
|
||||
qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
|
||||
(int (*) (const void *, const void *)) alias_compare);
|
||||
|
||||
return added;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
extend_alias_table ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t new_size;
|
||||
struct alias_map *new_map;
|
||||
|
||||
new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
|
||||
new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
|
||||
* sizeof (struct alias_map)));
|
||||
if (new_map == NULL)
|
||||
/* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
map = new_map;
|
||||
maxmap = new_size;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1, const struct alias_map *map2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
|
||||
return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
|
||||
const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
|
||||
unsigned char c1, c2;
|
||||
|
||||
if (p1 == p2)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
|
||||
some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */
|
||||
c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
|
||||
c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
|
||||
if (c1 == '\0')
|
||||
break;
|
||||
++p1;
|
||||
++p2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (c1 == c2);
|
||||
|
||||
return c1 - c2;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
1507
intl/localename.c
1507
intl/localename.c
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
922
intl/lock.c
922
intl/lock.c
|
@ -1,922 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Locking in multithreaded situations.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
|
||||
Based on GCC's gthr-posix.h, gthr-posix95.h, gthr-solaris.h,
|
||||
gthr-win32.h. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lock.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_POSIX_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use the POSIX threads library. */
|
||||
|
||||
# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
|
||||
|
||||
/* The function to be executed by a dummy thread. */
|
||||
static void *
|
||||
dummy_thread_func (void *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return arg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_in_use (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static int tested;
|
||||
static int result; /* 1: linked with -lpthread, 0: only with libc */
|
||||
|
||||
if (!tested)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_t thread;
|
||||
|
||||
if (pthread_create (&thread, NULL, dummy_thread_func, NULL) != 0)
|
||||
/* Thread creation failed. */
|
||||
result = 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Thread creation works. */
|
||||
void *retval;
|
||||
if (pthread_join (thread, &retval) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
result = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
tested = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK
|
||||
|
||||
# if !defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (pthread_rwlock_init (&lock->rwlock, NULL) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
lock->initialized = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lock->initialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (!lock->initialized)
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_init (lock);
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (pthread_rwlock_rdlock (&lock->rwlock) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lock->initialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (!lock->initialized)
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_init (lock);
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (pthread_rwlock_wrlock (&lock->rwlock) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lock->initialized)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (pthread_rwlock_unlock (&lock->rwlock) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lock->initialized)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (pthread_rwlock_destroy (&lock->rwlock) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
lock->initialized = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_init (&lock->lock, NULL) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (pthread_cond_init (&lock->waiting_readers, NULL) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (pthread_cond_init (&lock->waiting_writers, NULL) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
lock->waiting_writers_count = 0;
|
||||
lock->runcount = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
/* Test whether only readers are currently running, and whether the runcount
|
||||
field will not overflow. */
|
||||
/* POSIX says: "It is implementation-defined whether the calling thread
|
||||
acquires the lock when a writer does not hold the lock and there are
|
||||
writers blocked on the lock." Let's say, no: give the writers a higher
|
||||
priority. */
|
||||
while (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0 && lock->waiting_writers_count == 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the
|
||||
waiting_readers. */
|
||||
if (pthread_cond_wait (&lock->waiting_readers, &lock->lock) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
lock->runcount++;
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
/* Test whether no readers or writers are currently running. */
|
||||
while (!(lock->runcount == 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the
|
||||
waiting_writers. */
|
||||
lock->waiting_writers_count++;
|
||||
if (pthread_cond_wait (&lock->waiting_writers, &lock->lock) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
lock->waiting_writers_count--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lock->runcount--; /* runcount becomes -1 */
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (lock->runcount < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Drop a writer lock. */
|
||||
if (!(lock->runcount == -1))
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
lock->runcount = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Drop a reader lock. */
|
||||
if (!(lock->runcount > 0))
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
lock->runcount--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (lock->runcount == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take precedence over read
|
||||
locks", to avoid "writer starvation". */
|
||||
if (lock->waiting_writers_count > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wake up one of the waiting writers. */
|
||||
if (pthread_cond_signal (&lock->waiting_writers) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wake up all waiting readers. */
|
||||
if (pthread_cond_broadcast (&lock->waiting_readers) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->lock) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (pthread_cond_destroy (&lock->waiting_readers) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (pthread_cond_destroy (&lock->waiting_writers) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
|
||||
|
||||
# if !(defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP)
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutexattr_t attributes;
|
||||
|
||||
if (pthread_mutexattr_init (&attributes) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (pthread_mutexattr_settype (&attributes, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_init (&lock->recmutex, &attributes) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
lock->initialized = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lock->initialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (!lock->initialized)
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_init (lock);
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->recmutex) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lock->initialized)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->recmutex) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lock->initialized)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->recmutex) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
lock->initialized = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_init (&lock->mutex, NULL) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
lock->owner = (pthread_t) 0;
|
||||
lock->depth = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_t self = pthread_self ();
|
||||
if (lock->owner != self)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->mutex) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
lock->owner = self;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (lock->owner != pthread_self ())
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (lock->depth == 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (--(lock->depth) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lock->owner = (pthread_t) 0;
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->mutex) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (lock->owner != (pthread_t) 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->mutex) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
static const pthread_once_t fresh_once = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_once_singlethreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We don't know whether pthread_once_t is an integer type, a floating-point
|
||||
type, a pointer type, or a structure type. */
|
||||
char *firstbyte = (char *)once_control;
|
||||
if (*firstbyte == *(const char *)&fresh_once)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* First time use of once_control. Invert the first byte. */
|
||||
*firstbyte = ~ *(const char *)&fresh_once;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_PTH_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use the GNU Pth threads library. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_once_call (void *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void (**gl_once_temp_addr) (void) = (void (**) (void)) arg;
|
||||
void (*initfunction) (void) = *gl_once_temp_addr;
|
||||
initfunction ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_once_singlethreaded (pth_once_t *once_control)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We know that pth_once_t is an integer type. */
|
||||
if (*once_control == PTH_ONCE_INIT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* First time use of once_control. Invert the marker. */
|
||||
*once_control = ~ PTH_ONCE_INIT;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use the old Solaris threads library. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (mutex_init (&lock->mutex, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
lock->owner = (thread_t) 0;
|
||||
lock->depth = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
thread_t self = thr_self ();
|
||||
if (lock->owner != self)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (mutex_lock (&lock->mutex) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
lock->owner = self;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (lock->owner != thr_self ())
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (lock->depth == 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (--(lock->depth) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lock->owner = (thread_t) 0;
|
||||
if (mutex_unlock (&lock->mutex) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (lock->owner != (thread_t) 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (mutex_destroy (&lock->mutex) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_once (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!once_control->inited)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Use the mutex to guarantee that if another thread is already calling
|
||||
the initfunction, this thread waits until it's finished. */
|
||||
if (mutex_lock (&once_control->mutex) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (!once_control->inited)
|
||||
{
|
||||
once_control->inited = 1;
|
||||
initfunction ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (mutex_unlock (&once_control->mutex) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_once_singlethreaded (gl_once_t *once_control)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We know that gl_once_t contains an integer type. */
|
||||
if (!once_control->inited)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* First time use of once_control. Invert the marker. */
|
||||
once_control->inited = ~ 0;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_WIN32_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_lock_init (gl_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
InitializeCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
|
||||
lock->guard.done = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_lock_lock (gl_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lock->guard.done)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0)
|
||||
/* This thread is the first one to need this lock. Initialize it. */
|
||||
glthread_lock_init (lock);
|
||||
else
|
||||
/* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
|
||||
initializing this lock. */
|
||||
while (!lock->guard.done)
|
||||
Sleep (0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_lock_unlock (gl_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lock->guard.done)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_lock_destroy (gl_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lock->guard.done)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
DeleteCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
|
||||
lock->guard.done = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
gl_waitqueue_init (gl_waitqueue_t *wq)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wq->array = NULL;
|
||||
wq->count = 0;
|
||||
wq->alloc = 0;
|
||||
wq->offset = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enqueues the current thread, represented by an event, in a wait queue.
|
||||
Returns INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE if an allocation failure occurs. */
|
||||
static HANDLE
|
||||
gl_waitqueue_add (gl_waitqueue_t *wq)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HANDLE event;
|
||||
unsigned int index;
|
||||
|
||||
if (wq->count == wq->alloc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int new_alloc = 2 * wq->alloc + 1;
|
||||
HANDLE *new_array =
|
||||
(HANDLE *) realloc (wq->array, new_alloc * sizeof (HANDLE));
|
||||
if (new_array == NULL)
|
||||
/* No more memory. */
|
||||
return INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
|
||||
/* Now is a good opportunity to rotate the array so that its contents
|
||||
starts at offset 0. */
|
||||
if (wq->offset > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int old_count = wq->count;
|
||||
unsigned int old_alloc = wq->alloc;
|
||||
unsigned int old_offset = wq->offset;
|
||||
unsigned int i;
|
||||
if (old_offset + old_count > old_alloc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int limit = old_offset + old_count - old_alloc;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < limit; i++)
|
||||
new_array[old_alloc + i] = new_array[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < old_count; i++)
|
||||
new_array[i] = new_array[old_offset + i];
|
||||
wq->offset = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
wq->array = new_array;
|
||||
wq->alloc = new_alloc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
event = CreateEvent (NULL, TRUE, FALSE, NULL);
|
||||
if (event == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
|
||||
/* No way to allocate an event. */
|
||||
return INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
|
||||
index = wq->offset + wq->count;
|
||||
if (index >= wq->alloc)
|
||||
index -= wq->alloc;
|
||||
wq->array[index] = event;
|
||||
wq->count++;
|
||||
return event;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Notifies the first thread from a wait queue and dequeues it. */
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
gl_waitqueue_notify_first (gl_waitqueue_t *wq)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetEvent (wq->array[wq->offset + 0]);
|
||||
wq->offset++;
|
||||
wq->count--;
|
||||
if (wq->count == 0 || wq->offset == wq->alloc)
|
||||
wq->offset = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Notifies all threads from a wait queue and dequeues them all. */
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
gl_waitqueue_notify_all (gl_waitqueue_t *wq)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < wq->count; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int index = wq->offset + i;
|
||||
if (index >= wq->alloc)
|
||||
index -= wq->alloc;
|
||||
SetEvent (wq->array[index]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
wq->count = 0;
|
||||
wq->offset = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
InitializeCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
|
||||
gl_waitqueue_init (&lock->waiting_readers);
|
||||
gl_waitqueue_init (&lock->waiting_writers);
|
||||
lock->runcount = 0;
|
||||
lock->guard.done = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lock->guard.done)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0)
|
||||
/* This thread is the first one to need this lock. Initialize it. */
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_init (lock);
|
||||
else
|
||||
/* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
|
||||
initializing this lock. */
|
||||
while (!lock->guard.done)
|
||||
Sleep (0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
|
||||
/* Test whether only readers are currently running, and whether the runcount
|
||||
field will not overflow. */
|
||||
if (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the
|
||||
waiting_readers. */
|
||||
HANDLE event = gl_waitqueue_add (&lock->waiting_readers);
|
||||
if (event != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DWORD result;
|
||||
LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
|
||||
/* Wait until another thread signals this event. */
|
||||
result = WaitForSingleObject (event, INFINITE);
|
||||
if (result == WAIT_FAILED || result == WAIT_TIMEOUT)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
CloseHandle (event);
|
||||
/* The thread which signalled the event already did the bookkeeping:
|
||||
removed us from the waiting_readers, incremented lock->runcount. */
|
||||
if (!(lock->runcount > 0))
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Allocation failure. Weird. */
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
|
||||
Sleep (1);
|
||||
EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
lock->runcount++;
|
||||
LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lock->guard.done)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0)
|
||||
/* This thread is the first one to need this lock. Initialize it. */
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_init (lock);
|
||||
else
|
||||
/* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
|
||||
initializing this lock. */
|
||||
while (!lock->guard.done)
|
||||
Sleep (0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
|
||||
/* Test whether no readers or writers are currently running. */
|
||||
if (!(lock->runcount == 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the
|
||||
waiting_writers. */
|
||||
HANDLE event = gl_waitqueue_add (&lock->waiting_writers);
|
||||
if (event != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DWORD result;
|
||||
LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
|
||||
/* Wait until another thread signals this event. */
|
||||
result = WaitForSingleObject (event, INFINITE);
|
||||
if (result == WAIT_FAILED || result == WAIT_TIMEOUT)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
CloseHandle (event);
|
||||
/* The thread which signalled the event already did the bookkeeping:
|
||||
removed us from the waiting_writers, set lock->runcount = -1. */
|
||||
if (!(lock->runcount == -1))
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Allocation failure. Weird. */
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
|
||||
Sleep (1);
|
||||
EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (!(lock->runcount == 0));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
lock->runcount--; /* runcount becomes -1 */
|
||||
LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lock->guard.done)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
|
||||
if (lock->runcount < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Drop a writer lock. */
|
||||
if (!(lock->runcount == -1))
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
lock->runcount = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Drop a reader lock. */
|
||||
if (!(lock->runcount > 0))
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
lock->runcount--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (lock->runcount == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take precedence over read
|
||||
locks", to avoid "writer starvation". */
|
||||
if (lock->waiting_writers.count > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wake up one of the waiting writers. */
|
||||
lock->runcount--;
|
||||
gl_waitqueue_notify_first (&lock->waiting_writers);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wake up all waiting readers. */
|
||||
lock->runcount += lock->waiting_readers.count;
|
||||
gl_waitqueue_notify_all (&lock->waiting_readers);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lock->guard.done)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (lock->runcount != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
DeleteCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
|
||||
if (lock->waiting_readers.array != NULL)
|
||||
free (lock->waiting_readers.array);
|
||||
if (lock->waiting_writers.array != NULL)
|
||||
free (lock->waiting_writers.array);
|
||||
lock->guard.done = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lock->owner = 0;
|
||||
lock->depth = 0;
|
||||
InitializeCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
|
||||
lock->guard.done = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lock->guard.done)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0)
|
||||
/* This thread is the first one to need this lock. Initialize it. */
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_init (lock);
|
||||
else
|
||||
/* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
|
||||
initializing this lock. */
|
||||
while (!lock->guard.done)
|
||||
Sleep (0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
{
|
||||
DWORD self = GetCurrentThreadId ();
|
||||
if (lock->owner != self)
|
||||
{
|
||||
EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
|
||||
lock->owner = self;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (lock->owner != GetCurrentThreadId ())
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (lock->depth == 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
if (--(lock->depth) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lock->owner = 0;
|
||||
LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (lock->owner != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
DeleteCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
|
||||
lock->guard.done = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
glthread_once (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (once_control->inited <= 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (InterlockedIncrement (&once_control->started) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This thread is the first one to come to this once_control. */
|
||||
InitializeCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
|
||||
EnterCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
|
||||
once_control->inited = 0;
|
||||
initfunction ();
|
||||
once_control->inited = 1;
|
||||
LeaveCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Undo last operation. */
|
||||
InterlockedDecrement (&once_control->started);
|
||||
/* Some other thread has already started the initialization.
|
||||
Yield the CPU while waiting for the other thread to finish
|
||||
initializing and taking the lock. */
|
||||
while (once_control->inited < 0)
|
||||
Sleep (0);
|
||||
if (once_control->inited <= 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Take the lock. This blocks until the other thread has
|
||||
finished calling the initfunction. */
|
||||
EnterCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
|
||||
LeaveCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
|
||||
if (!(once_control->inited > 0))
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
1105
intl/lock.h
1105
intl/lock.h
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
116
intl/log.c
116
intl/log.c
|
@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Log file output.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "lock.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Print an ASCII string with quotes and escape sequences where needed. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
print_escaped (FILE *stream, const char *str)
|
||||
{
|
||||
putc ('"', stream);
|
||||
for (; *str != '\0'; str++)
|
||||
if (*str == '\n')
|
||||
{
|
||||
fputs ("\\n\"", stream);
|
||||
if (str[1] == '\0')
|
||||
return;
|
||||
fputs ("\n\"", stream);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*str == '"' || *str == '\\')
|
||||
putc ('\\', stream);
|
||||
putc (*str, stream);
|
||||
}
|
||||
putc ('"', stream);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static char *last_logfilename = NULL;
|
||||
static FILE *last_logfile = NULL;
|
||||
__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
_nl_log_untranslated_locked (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname,
|
||||
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FILE *logfile;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Can we reuse the last opened logfile? */
|
||||
if (last_logfilename == NULL || strcmp (logfilename, last_logfilename) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Close the last used logfile. */
|
||||
if (last_logfilename != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (last_logfile != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fclose (last_logfile);
|
||||
last_logfile = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
free (last_logfilename);
|
||||
last_logfilename = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Open the logfile. */
|
||||
last_logfilename = (char *) malloc (strlen (logfilename) + 1);
|
||||
if (last_logfilename == NULL)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
strcpy (last_logfilename, logfilename);
|
||||
last_logfile = fopen (logfilename, "a");
|
||||
if (last_logfile == NULL)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
logfile = last_logfile;
|
||||
|
||||
fprintf (logfile, "domain ");
|
||||
print_escaped (logfile, domainname);
|
||||
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid ");
|
||||
print_escaped (logfile, msgid1);
|
||||
if (plural)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid_plural ");
|
||||
print_escaped (logfile, msgid2);
|
||||
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr[0] \"\"\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr \"\"\n");
|
||||
putc ('\n', logfile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation. */
|
||||
void
|
||||
_nl_log_untranslated (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname,
|
||||
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__libc_lock_lock (lock);
|
||||
_nl_log_untranslated_locked (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural);
|
||||
__libc_lock_unlock (lock);
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define __need_NULL
|
||||
# include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <locale.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define NGETTEXT libintl_ngettext
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
|
||||
text). */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
NGETTEXT (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* OS/2 compatibility functions.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#define OS2_AWARE
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/param.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* A version of getenv() that works from DLLs */
|
||||
extern unsigned long DosScanEnv (const unsigned char *pszName, unsigned char **ppszValue);
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
_nl_getenv (const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char *value;
|
||||
if (DosScanEnv (name, &value))
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* A fixed size buffer. */
|
||||
char libintl_nl_default_dirname[MAXPATHLEN+1];
|
||||
|
||||
char *_nlos2_libdir = NULL;
|
||||
char *_nlos2_localealiaspath = NULL;
|
||||
char *_nlos2_localedir = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
static __attribute__((constructor)) void
|
||||
nlos2_initialize ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *root = getenv ("UNIXROOT");
|
||||
char *gnulocaledir = getenv ("GNULOCALEDIR");
|
||||
|
||||
_nlos2_libdir = gnulocaledir;
|
||||
if (!_nlos2_libdir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (root)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t sl = strlen (root);
|
||||
_nlos2_libdir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
|
||||
memcpy (_nlos2_libdir, root, sl);
|
||||
memcpy (_nlos2_libdir + sl, LIBDIR, strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
_nlos2_libdir = LIBDIR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_nlos2_localealiaspath = gnulocaledir;
|
||||
if (!_nlos2_localealiaspath)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (root)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t sl = strlen (root);
|
||||
_nlos2_localealiaspath = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
|
||||
memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath, root, sl);
|
||||
memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath + sl, LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH, strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
_nlos2_localealiaspath = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_nlos2_localedir = gnulocaledir;
|
||||
if (!_nlos2_localedir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (root)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t sl = strlen (root);
|
||||
_nlos2_localedir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
|
||||
memcpy (_nlos2_localedir, root, sl);
|
||||
memcpy (_nlos2_localedir + sl, LOCALEDIR, strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
_nlos2_localedir = LOCALEDIR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (strlen (_nlos2_localedir) <= MAXPATHLEN)
|
||||
strcpy (libintl_nl_default_dirname, _nlos2_localedir);
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* OS/2 compatibility defines.
|
||||
This file is intended to be included from config.h
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* When included from os2compat.h we need all the original definitions */
|
||||
#ifndef OS2_AWARE
|
||||
|
||||
#undef LIBDIR
|
||||
#define LIBDIR _nlos2_libdir
|
||||
extern char *_nlos2_libdir;
|
||||
|
||||
#undef LOCALEDIR
|
||||
#define LOCALEDIR _nlos2_localedir
|
||||
extern char *_nlos2_localedir;
|
||||
|
||||
#undef LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH
|
||||
#define LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH _nlos2_localealiaspath
|
||||
extern char *_nlos2_localealiaspath;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
|
||||
#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
|
||||
#define strcasecmp stricmp
|
||||
#define strncasecmp strnicmp
|
||||
|
||||
/* We have our own getenv() which works even if library is compiled as DLL */
|
||||
#define getenv _nl_getenv
|
||||
|
||||
/* Older versions of gettext used -1 as the value of LC_MESSAGES */
|
||||
#define LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT (-1)
|
26
intl/osdep.c
26
intl/osdep.c
|
@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* OS dependent parts of libintl.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
# include "intl-exports.c"
|
||||
#elif defined __EMX__
|
||||
# include "os2compat.c"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Avoid AIX compiler warning. */
|
||||
typedef int dummy;
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003, 2005-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "plural-exp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__ && !(__APPLE_CC__ > 1) && !defined __cplusplus) \
|
||||
|| (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
|
||||
|
||||
/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
|
||||
form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */
|
||||
static const struct expression plvar =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.nargs = 0,
|
||||
.operation = var,
|
||||
};
|
||||
static const struct expression plone =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.nargs = 0,
|
||||
.operation = num,
|
||||
.val =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.num = 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.nargs = 2,
|
||||
.operation = not_equal,
|
||||
.val =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.args =
|
||||
{
|
||||
[0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
|
||||
[1] = (struct expression *) &plone
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
|
||||
Initialization at run-time. */
|
||||
|
||||
static struct expression plvar;
|
||||
static struct expression plone;
|
||||
struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL;
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
init_germanic_plural ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (plone.val.num == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
plvar.nargs = 0;
|
||||
plvar.operation = var;
|
||||
|
||||
plone.nargs = 0;
|
||||
plone.operation = num;
|
||||
plone.val.num = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2;
|
||||
GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal;
|
||||
GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar;
|
||||
GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry,
|
||||
const struct expression **pluralp,
|
||||
unsigned long int *npluralsp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (nullentry != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *plural;
|
||||
const char *nplurals;
|
||||
|
||||
plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
|
||||
nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
|
||||
if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
|
||||
goto no_plural;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *endp;
|
||||
unsigned long int n;
|
||||
struct parse_args args;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First get the number. */
|
||||
nplurals += 9;
|
||||
while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals))
|
||||
++nplurals;
|
||||
if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9'))
|
||||
goto no_plural;
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
|
||||
n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
|
||||
n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (nplurals == endp)
|
||||
goto no_plural;
|
||||
*npluralsp = n;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
|
||||
scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
|
||||
passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
|
||||
is passed down to the parser. */
|
||||
plural += 7;
|
||||
args.cp = plural;
|
||||
if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
|
||||
goto no_plural;
|
||||
*pluralp = args.res;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
|
||||
for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what
|
||||
English is using since English is a Germanic language. */
|
||||
no_plural:
|
||||
INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
|
||||
*pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL;
|
||||
*npluralsp = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2005-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H
|
||||
#define _PLURAL_EXP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef internal_function
|
||||
# define internal_function
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef attribute_hidden
|
||||
# define attribute_hidden
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
enum expression_operator
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Without arguments: */
|
||||
var, /* The variable "n". */
|
||||
num, /* Decimal number. */
|
||||
/* Unary operators: */
|
||||
lnot, /* Logical NOT. */
|
||||
/* Binary operators: */
|
||||
mult, /* Multiplication. */
|
||||
divide, /* Division. */
|
||||
module, /* Modulo operation. */
|
||||
plus, /* Addition. */
|
||||
minus, /* Subtraction. */
|
||||
less_than, /* Comparison. */
|
||||
greater_than, /* Comparison. */
|
||||
less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
|
||||
greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
|
||||
equal, /* Comparison for equality. */
|
||||
not_equal, /* Comparison for inequality. */
|
||||
land, /* Logical AND. */
|
||||
lor, /* Logical OR. */
|
||||
/* Ternary operators: */
|
||||
qmop /* Question mark operator. */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
|
||||
plural form. */
|
||||
struct expression
|
||||
{
|
||||
int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */
|
||||
enum expression_operator operation;
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */
|
||||
struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */
|
||||
} val;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
|
||||
the result in a thread-safe way. */
|
||||
struct parse_args
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *cp;
|
||||
struct expression *res;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. This source code is used
|
||||
1. in the GNU C Library library,
|
||||
2. in the GNU libintl library,
|
||||
3. in the GNU gettext tools.
|
||||
The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for
|
||||
binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'. Furthermore,
|
||||
1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix,
|
||||
2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names
|
||||
must follow ANSI C and not start with __.
|
||||
So we have to distinguish the three cases. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
|
||||
# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
|
||||
# define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural
|
||||
# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural
|
||||
#elif defined (IN_LIBINTL)
|
||||
# define FREE_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_free_exp
|
||||
# define PLURAL_PARSE libintl_gettextparse
|
||||
# define GERMANIC_PLURAL libintl_gettext_germanic_plural
|
||||
# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_extract_plural
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression
|
||||
# define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression
|
||||
# define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural
|
||||
# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
extern void FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp)
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
extern int PLURAL_PARSE (void *arg);
|
||||
extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden;
|
||||
extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry,
|
||||
const struct expression **pluralp,
|
||||
unsigned long int *npluralsp)
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL) && !defined (IN_LIBGLOCALE)
|
||||
extern unsigned long int plural_eval (const struct expression *pexp,
|
||||
unsigned long int n);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */
|
1961
intl/plural.c
1961
intl/plural.c
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
385
intl/plural.y
385
intl/plural.y
|
@ -1,385 +0,0 @@
|
|||
%{
|
||||
/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* For bison < 2.0, the bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us
|
||||
to put this declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in
|
||||
bison's skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
|
||||
because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers.
|
||||
This can go away once the AM_INTL_SUBDIR macro requires bison >= 2.0. */
|
||||
#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
|
||||
#pragma alloca
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include "plural-exp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse,
|
||||
but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBC
|
||||
# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
|
||||
#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
|
||||
%}
|
||||
%pure_parser
|
||||
%expect 7
|
||||
|
||||
%union {
|
||||
unsigned long int num;
|
||||
enum expression_operator op;
|
||||
struct expression *exp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
%{
|
||||
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
|
||||
static int yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp);
|
||||
static void yyerror (const char *str);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocation of expressions. */
|
||||
|
||||
static struct expression *
|
||||
new_exp (int nargs, enum expression_operator op,
|
||||
struct expression * const *args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
struct expression *newp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
|
||||
for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
||||
if (args[i] == NULL)
|
||||
goto fail;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate a new expression. */
|
||||
newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
|
||||
if (newp != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
newp->nargs = nargs;
|
||||
newp->operation = op;
|
||||
for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
||||
newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
|
||||
return newp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
fail:
|
||||
for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
||||
FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
|
||||
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline struct expression *
|
||||
new_exp_0 (enum expression_operator op)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline struct expression *
|
||||
new_exp_1 (enum expression_operator op, struct expression *right)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct expression *args[1];
|
||||
|
||||
args[0] = right;
|
||||
return new_exp (1, op, args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static struct expression *
|
||||
new_exp_2 (enum expression_operator op, struct expression *left,
|
||||
struct expression *right)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct expression *args[2];
|
||||
|
||||
args[0] = left;
|
||||
args[1] = right;
|
||||
return new_exp (2, op, args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline struct expression *
|
||||
new_exp_3 (enum expression_operator op, struct expression *bexp,
|
||||
struct expression *tbranch, struct expression *fbranch)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct expression *args[3];
|
||||
|
||||
args[0] = bexp;
|
||||
args[1] = tbranch;
|
||||
args[2] = fbranch;
|
||||
return new_exp (3, op, args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
%}
|
||||
|
||||
/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
|
||||
precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
|
||||
There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
|
||||
Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
|
||||
token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */
|
||||
%right '?' /* ? */
|
||||
%left '|' /* || */
|
||||
%left '&' /* && */
|
||||
%left EQUOP2 /* == != */
|
||||
%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */
|
||||
%left ADDOP2 /* + - */
|
||||
%left MULOP2 /* * / % */
|
||||
%right '!' /* ! */
|
||||
|
||||
%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
|
||||
%token <num> NUMBER
|
||||
%type <exp> exp
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
|
||||
start: exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ($1 == NULL)
|
||||
YYABORT;
|
||||
((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| exp '|' exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| exp '&' exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| exp EQUOP2 exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| exp CMPOP2 exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| exp ADDOP2 exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| exp MULOP2 exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| '!' exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| 'n'
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_0 (var);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| NUMBER
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
|
||||
$$->val.num = $1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
| '(' exp ')'
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = $2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (exp == NULL)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle the recursive case. */
|
||||
switch (exp->nargs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 3:
|
||||
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
|
||||
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
||||
case 2:
|
||||
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
|
||||
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
||||
case 1:
|
||||
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
|
||||
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
free (exp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *exp = *pexp;
|
||||
int result;
|
||||
|
||||
while (1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (exp[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
*pexp = exp;
|
||||
return YYEOF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
++exp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
result = *exp++;
|
||||
switch (result)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
|
||||
case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long int n = result - '0';
|
||||
while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
|
||||
{
|
||||
n *= 10;
|
||||
n += exp[0] - '0';
|
||||
++exp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lval->num = n;
|
||||
result = NUMBER;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '=':
|
||||
if (exp[0] == '=')
|
||||
{
|
||||
++exp;
|
||||
lval->op = equal;
|
||||
result = EQUOP2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
result = YYERRCODE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '!':
|
||||
if (exp[0] == '=')
|
||||
{
|
||||
++exp;
|
||||
lval->op = not_equal;
|
||||
result = EQUOP2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '&':
|
||||
case '|':
|
||||
if (exp[0] == result)
|
||||
++exp;
|
||||
else
|
||||
result = YYERRCODE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '<':
|
||||
if (exp[0] == '=')
|
||||
{
|
||||
++exp;
|
||||
lval->op = less_or_equal;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
lval->op = less_than;
|
||||
result = CMPOP2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '>':
|
||||
if (exp[0] == '=')
|
||||
{
|
||||
++exp;
|
||||
lval->op = greater_or_equal;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
lval->op = greater_than;
|
||||
result = CMPOP2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '*':
|
||||
lval->op = mult;
|
||||
result = MULOP2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '/':
|
||||
lval->op = divide;
|
||||
result = MULOP2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '%':
|
||||
lval->op = module;
|
||||
result = MULOP2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '+':
|
||||
lval->op = plus;
|
||||
result = ADDOP2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '-':
|
||||
lval->op = minus;
|
||||
result = ADDOP2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'n':
|
||||
case '?':
|
||||
case ':':
|
||||
case '(':
|
||||
case ')':
|
||||
/* Nothing, just return the character. */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case ';':
|
||||
case '\n':
|
||||
case '\0':
|
||||
/* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
|
||||
--exp;
|
||||
result = YYEOF;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
result = YYERRCODE;
|
||||
#if YYDEBUG != 0
|
||||
--exp;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*pexp = exp;
|
||||
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
yyerror (const char *str)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Decomposed printf argument list.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
|
||||
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
|
||||
PRINTF_FETCHARGS Name of the function to be defined.
|
||||
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
|
||||
# include "printf-args.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int
|
||||
PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
argument *ap;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0, ap = &a->arg[0]; i < a->count; i++, ap++)
|
||||
switch (ap->type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case TYPE_SCHAR:
|
||||
ap->a.a_schar = va_arg (args, /*signed char*/ int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_UCHAR:
|
||||
ap->a.a_uchar = va_arg (args, /*unsigned char*/ int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_SHORT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_short = va_arg (args, /*short*/ int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_USHORT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_ushort = va_arg (args, /*unsigned short*/ int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_INT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_int = va_arg (args, int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_UINT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_uint = va_arg (args, unsigned int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_LONGINT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_longint = va_arg (args, long int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_ULONGINT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_ulongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_longlongint = va_arg (args, long long int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_ulonglongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long long int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case TYPE_DOUBLE:
|
||||
ap->a.a_double = va_arg (args, double);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
|
||||
ap->a.a_longdouble = va_arg (args, long double);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_CHAR:
|
||||
ap->a.a_char = va_arg (args, int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
|
||||
/* Although ISO C 99 7.24.1.(2) says that wint_t is "unchanged by
|
||||
default argument promotions", this is not the case in mingw32,
|
||||
where wint_t is 'unsigned short'. */
|
||||
ap->a.a_wide_char =
|
||||
(sizeof (wint_t) < sizeof (int)
|
||||
? va_arg (args, int)
|
||||
: va_arg (args, wint_t));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case TYPE_STRING:
|
||||
ap->a.a_string = va_arg (args, const char *);
|
||||
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%s", but in practice
|
||||
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
|
||||
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
|
||||
if (ap->a.a_string == NULL)
|
||||
ap->a.a_string = "(NULL)";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
|
||||
ap->a.a_wide_string = va_arg (args, const wchar_t *);
|
||||
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%ls", but in practice
|
||||
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
|
||||
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
|
||||
if (ap->a.a_wide_string == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const wchar_t wide_null_string[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
(wchar_t)'(',
|
||||
(wchar_t)'N', (wchar_t)'U', (wchar_t)'L', (wchar_t)'L',
|
||||
(wchar_t)')',
|
||||
(wchar_t)0
|
||||
};
|
||||
ap->a.a_wide_string = wide_null_string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case TYPE_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_pointer = va_arg (args, void *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_count_schar_pointer = va_arg (args, signed char *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_count_short_pointer = va_arg (args, short *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_count_int_pointer = va_arg (args, int *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_count_longint_pointer = va_arg (args, long int *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = va_arg (args, long long int *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
|
||||
/* The unistdio extensions. */
|
||||
case TYPE_U8_STRING:
|
||||
ap->a.a_u8_string = va_arg (args, const uint8_t *);
|
||||
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%U", but in practice
|
||||
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
|
||||
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
|
||||
if (ap->a.a_u8_string == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const uint8_t u8_null_string[] =
|
||||
{ '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
|
||||
ap->a.a_u8_string = u8_null_string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_U16_STRING:
|
||||
ap->a.a_u16_string = va_arg (args, const uint16_t *);
|
||||
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%lU", but in practice
|
||||
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
|
||||
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
|
||||
if (ap->a.a_u16_string == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const uint16_t u16_null_string[] =
|
||||
{ '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
|
||||
ap->a.a_u16_string = u16_null_string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_U32_STRING:
|
||||
ap->a.a_u32_string = va_arg (args, const uint32_t *);
|
||||
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%llU", but in practice
|
||||
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
|
||||
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
|
||||
if (ap->a.a_u32_string == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const uint32_t u32_null_string[] =
|
||||
{ '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
|
||||
ap->a.a_u32_string = u32_null_string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default:
|
||||
/* Unknown type. */
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Decomposed printf argument list.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2006-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _PRINTF_ARGS_H
|
||||
#define _PRINTF_ARGS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
|
||||
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
|
||||
PRINTF_FETCHARGS Name of the function to be declared.
|
||||
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Default parameters. */
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
|
||||
# define PRINTF_FETCHARGS printf_fetchargs
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get size_t. */
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get wchar_t. */
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
# include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get wint_t. */
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
# include <wchar.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get va_list. */
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Argument types */
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
TYPE_NONE,
|
||||
TYPE_SCHAR,
|
||||
TYPE_UCHAR,
|
||||
TYPE_SHORT,
|
||||
TYPE_USHORT,
|
||||
TYPE_INT,
|
||||
TYPE_UINT,
|
||||
TYPE_LONGINT,
|
||||
TYPE_ULONGINT,
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
TYPE_LONGLONGINT,
|
||||
TYPE_ULONGLONGINT,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
TYPE_DOUBLE,
|
||||
TYPE_LONGDOUBLE,
|
||||
TYPE_CHAR,
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
TYPE_WIDE_CHAR,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
TYPE_STRING,
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
TYPE_WIDE_STRING,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
TYPE_POINTER,
|
||||
TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER,
|
||||
TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER,
|
||||
TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER,
|
||||
TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
, TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
|
||||
/* The unistdio extensions. */
|
||||
, TYPE_U8_STRING
|
||||
, TYPE_U16_STRING
|
||||
, TYPE_U32_STRING
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
} arg_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Polymorphic argument */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
arg_type type;
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
signed char a_schar;
|
||||
unsigned char a_uchar;
|
||||
short a_short;
|
||||
unsigned short a_ushort;
|
||||
int a_int;
|
||||
unsigned int a_uint;
|
||||
long int a_longint;
|
||||
unsigned long int a_ulongint;
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
long long int a_longlongint;
|
||||
unsigned long long int a_ulonglongint;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
float a_float;
|
||||
double a_double;
|
||||
long double a_longdouble;
|
||||
int a_char;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
wint_t a_wide_char;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
const char* a_string;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
const wchar_t* a_wide_string;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
void* a_pointer;
|
||||
signed char * a_count_schar_pointer;
|
||||
short * a_count_short_pointer;
|
||||
int * a_count_int_pointer;
|
||||
long int * a_count_longint_pointer;
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
long long int * a_count_longlongint_pointer;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
|
||||
/* The unistdio extensions. */
|
||||
const uint8_t * a_u8_string;
|
||||
const uint16_t * a_u16_string;
|
||||
const uint32_t * a_u32_string;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
argument;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t count;
|
||||
argument *arg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
arguments;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fetch the arguments, putting them into a. */
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _PRINTF_ARGS_H */
|
|
@ -1,590 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Formatted output to strings.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003, 2006-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
|
||||
CHAR_T The element type of the format string.
|
||||
CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII Set to 1 to enable verification that all characters
|
||||
in the format string are ASCII.
|
||||
DIRECTIVE Structure denoting a format directive.
|
||||
Depends on CHAR_T.
|
||||
DIRECTIVES Structure denoting the set of format directives of a
|
||||
format string. Depends on CHAR_T.
|
||||
PRINTF_PARSE Function that parses a format string.
|
||||
Depends on CHAR_T.
|
||||
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static.
|
||||
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
|
||||
# include "printf-parse.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Default parameters. */
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
|
||||
# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
|
||||
# define CHAR_T char
|
||||
# define DIRECTIVE char_directive
|
||||
# define DIRECTIVES char_directives
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get size_t, NULL. */
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get intmax_t. */
|
||||
#if defined IN_LIBINTL || defined IN_LIBASPRINTF
|
||||
# if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
|
||||
# include <stdint.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
|
||||
# include <inttypes.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* malloc(), realloc(), free(). */
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* errno. */
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Checked size_t computations. */
|
||||
#include "xsize.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
|
||||
/* c_isascii(). */
|
||||
# include "c-ctype.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int
|
||||
PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const CHAR_T *cp = format; /* pointer into format */
|
||||
size_t arg_posn = 0; /* number of regular arguments consumed */
|
||||
size_t d_allocated; /* allocated elements of d->dir */
|
||||
size_t a_allocated; /* allocated elements of a->arg */
|
||||
size_t max_width_length = 0;
|
||||
size_t max_precision_length = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
d->count = 0;
|
||||
d_allocated = 1;
|
||||
d->dir = (DIRECTIVE *) malloc (d_allocated * sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
|
||||
if (d->dir == NULL)
|
||||
/* Out of memory. */
|
||||
goto out_of_memory_1;
|
||||
|
||||
a->count = 0;
|
||||
a_allocated = 0;
|
||||
a->arg = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
#define REGISTER_ARG(_index_,_type_) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
size_t n = (_index_); \
|
||||
if (n >= a_allocated) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
size_t memory_size; \
|
||||
argument *memory; \
|
||||
\
|
||||
a_allocated = xtimes (a_allocated, 2); \
|
||||
if (a_allocated <= n) \
|
||||
a_allocated = xsum (n, 1); \
|
||||
memory_size = xtimes (a_allocated, sizeof (argument)); \
|
||||
if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \
|
||||
/* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ \
|
||||
goto out_of_memory; \
|
||||
memory = (argument *) (a->arg \
|
||||
? realloc (a->arg, memory_size) \
|
||||
: malloc (memory_size)); \
|
||||
if (memory == NULL) \
|
||||
/* Out of memory. */ \
|
||||
goto out_of_memory; \
|
||||
a->arg = memory; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (a->count <= n) \
|
||||
a->arg[a->count++].type = TYPE_NONE; \
|
||||
if (a->arg[n].type == TYPE_NONE) \
|
||||
a->arg[n].type = (_type_); \
|
||||
else if (a->arg[n].type != (_type_)) \
|
||||
/* Ambiguous type for positional argument. */ \
|
||||
goto error; \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while (*cp != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHAR_T c = *cp++;
|
||||
if (c == '%')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t arg_index = ARG_NONE;
|
||||
DIRECTIVE *dp = &d->dir[d->count]; /* pointer to next directive */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the next directive. */
|
||||
dp->dir_start = cp - 1;
|
||||
dp->flags = 0;
|
||||
dp->width_start = NULL;
|
||||
dp->width_end = NULL;
|
||||
dp->width_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
|
||||
dp->precision_start = NULL;
|
||||
dp->precision_end = NULL;
|
||||
dp->precision_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
|
||||
dp->arg_index = ARG_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test for positional argument. */
|
||||
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
|
||||
{
|
||||
const CHAR_T *np;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
;
|
||||
if (*np == '$')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t n = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
|
||||
if (n == 0)
|
||||
/* Positional argument 0. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
if (size_overflow_p (n))
|
||||
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
arg_index = n - 1;
|
||||
cp = np + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read the flags. */
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*cp == '\'')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_GROUP;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == '-')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == '+')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_SHOWSIGN;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == ' ')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_SPACE;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == '#')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_ALT;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == '0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_ZERO;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parse the field width. */
|
||||
if (*cp == '*')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->width_start = cp;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
dp->width_end = cp;
|
||||
if (max_width_length < 1)
|
||||
max_width_length = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test for positional argument. */
|
||||
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
|
||||
{
|
||||
const CHAR_T *np;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
;
|
||||
if (*np == '$')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t n = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
|
||||
if (n == 0)
|
||||
/* Positional argument 0. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
if (size_overflow_p (n))
|
||||
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
dp->width_arg_index = n - 1;
|
||||
cp = np + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->width_arg_index = arg_posn++;
|
||||
if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
REGISTER_ARG (dp->width_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t width_length;
|
||||
|
||||
dp->width_start = cp;
|
||||
for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
|
||||
;
|
||||
dp->width_end = cp;
|
||||
width_length = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
|
||||
if (max_width_length < width_length)
|
||||
max_width_length = width_length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parse the precision. */
|
||||
if (*cp == '.')
|
||||
{
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
if (*cp == '*')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
dp->precision_end = cp;
|
||||
if (max_precision_length < 2)
|
||||
max_precision_length = 2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test for positional argument. */
|
||||
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
|
||||
{
|
||||
const CHAR_T *np;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
;
|
||||
if (*np == '$')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t n = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
|
||||
if (n == 0)
|
||||
/* Positional argument 0. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
if (size_overflow_p (n))
|
||||
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory
|
||||
later. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
dp->precision_arg_index = n - 1;
|
||||
cp = np + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->precision_arg_index = arg_posn++;
|
||||
if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
REGISTER_ARG (dp->precision_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t precision_length;
|
||||
|
||||
dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
|
||||
for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
|
||||
;
|
||||
dp->precision_end = cp;
|
||||
precision_length = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
|
||||
if (max_precision_length < precision_length)
|
||||
max_precision_length = precision_length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
arg_type type;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parse argument type/size specifiers. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
int flags = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*cp == 'h')
|
||||
{
|
||||
flags |= (1 << (flags & 1));
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'L')
|
||||
{
|
||||
flags |= 4;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'l')
|
||||
{
|
||||
flags += 8;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'j')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (long))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* intmax_t = long long */
|
||||
flags += 16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (int))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* intmax_t = long */
|
||||
flags += 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'z' || *cp == 'Z')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 'z' is standardized in ISO C 99, but glibc uses 'Z'
|
||||
because the warning facility in gcc-2.95.2 understands
|
||||
only 'Z' (see gcc-2.95.2/gcc/c-common.c:1784). */
|
||||
if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (long))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* size_t = long long */
|
||||
flags += 16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (int))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* size_t = long */
|
||||
flags += 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == 't')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (long))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* ptrdiff_t = long long */
|
||||
flags += 16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (int))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* ptrdiff_t = long */
|
||||
flags += 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read the conversion character. */
|
||||
c = *cp++;
|
||||
switch (c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 'd': case 'i':
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
|
||||
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
|
||||
type = TYPE_LONGLONGINT;
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
|
||||
"lld" into TYPE_LONGINT. */
|
||||
if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
type = TYPE_LONGINT;
|
||||
else if (flags & 2)
|
||||
type = TYPE_SCHAR;
|
||||
else if (flags & 1)
|
||||
type = TYPE_SHORT;
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_INT;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X':
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
|
||||
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
|
||||
type = TYPE_ULONGLONGINT;
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* If 'unsigned long long' exists and is the same as
|
||||
'unsigned long', we parse "llu" into TYPE_ULONGINT. */
|
||||
if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
type = TYPE_ULONGINT;
|
||||
else if (flags & 2)
|
||||
type = TYPE_UCHAR;
|
||||
else if (flags & 1)
|
||||
type = TYPE_USHORT;
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_UINT;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
|
||||
case 'a': case 'A':
|
||||
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
|
||||
type = TYPE_LONGDOUBLE;
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_DOUBLE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'c':
|
||||
if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_CHAR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
case 'C':
|
||||
type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
|
||||
c = 'c';
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case 's':
|
||||
if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_STRING;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
case 'S':
|
||||
type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
|
||||
c = 's';
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case 'p':
|
||||
type = TYPE_POINTER;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'n':
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
|
||||
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
|
||||
type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER;
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
|
||||
"lln" into TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER. */
|
||||
if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER;
|
||||
else if (flags & 2)
|
||||
type = TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER;
|
||||
else if (flags & 1)
|
||||
type = TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER;
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
|
||||
/* The unistdio extensions. */
|
||||
case 'U':
|
||||
if (flags >= 16)
|
||||
type = TYPE_U32_STRING;
|
||||
else if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
type = TYPE_U16_STRING;
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_U8_STRING;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case '%':
|
||||
type = TYPE_NONE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
/* Unknown conversion character. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (type != TYPE_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->arg_index = arg_index;
|
||||
if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->arg_index = arg_posn++;
|
||||
if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
REGISTER_ARG (dp->arg_index, type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
dp->conversion = c;
|
||||
dp->dir_end = cp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
d->count++;
|
||||
if (d->count >= d_allocated)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t memory_size;
|
||||
DIRECTIVE *memory;
|
||||
|
||||
d_allocated = xtimes (d_allocated, 2);
|
||||
memory_size = xtimes (d_allocated, sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
|
||||
if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))
|
||||
/* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */
|
||||
goto out_of_memory;
|
||||
memory = (DIRECTIVE *) realloc (d->dir, memory_size);
|
||||
if (memory == NULL)
|
||||
/* Out of memory. */
|
||||
goto out_of_memory;
|
||||
d->dir = memory;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
|
||||
else if (!c_isascii (c))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Non-ASCII character. Not supported. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
d->dir[d->count].dir_start = cp;
|
||||
|
||||
d->max_width_length = max_width_length;
|
||||
d->max_precision_length = max_precision_length;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
error:
|
||||
if (a->arg)
|
||||
free (a->arg);
|
||||
if (d->dir)
|
||||
free (d->dir);
|
||||
errno = EINVAL;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
out_of_memory:
|
||||
if (a->arg)
|
||||
free (a->arg);
|
||||
if (d->dir)
|
||||
free (d->dir);
|
||||
out_of_memory_1:
|
||||
errno = ENOMEM;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#undef PRINTF_PARSE
|
||||
#undef DIRECTIVES
|
||||
#undef DIRECTIVE
|
||||
#undef CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
|
||||
#undef CHAR_T
|
|
@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Parse printf format string.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _PRINTF_PARSE_H
|
||||
#define _PRINTF_PARSE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "printf-args.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Flags */
|
||||
#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_ZERO 32
|
||||
|
||||
/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */
|
||||
#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* A parsed directive. */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char* dir_start;
|
||||
const char* dir_end;
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
const char* width_start;
|
||||
const char* width_end;
|
||||
size_t width_arg_index;
|
||||
const char* precision_start;
|
||||
const char* precision_end;
|
||||
size_t precision_arg_index;
|
||||
char conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */
|
||||
size_t arg_index;
|
||||
}
|
||||
char_directive;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A parsed format string. */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t count;
|
||||
char_directive *dir;
|
||||
size_t max_width_length;
|
||||
size_t max_precision_length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
char_directives;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
|
||||
in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
|
||||
to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
|
||||
arguments and the needed count of arguments. */
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _PRINTF_PARSE_H */
|
427
intl/printf.c
427
intl/printf.c
|
@ -1,427 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Formatted output to strings, using POSIX/XSI format strings with positions.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2003, 2006-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
|
||||
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifdef _MSC_VER
|
||||
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||
# define alloca _alloca
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <alloca.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef _AIX
|
||||
#pragma alloca
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifndef alloca
|
||||
char *alloca ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if !HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some systems, like OSF/1 4.0 and Woe32, don't have EOVERFLOW. */
|
||||
#ifndef EOVERFLOW
|
||||
# define EOVERFLOW E2BIG
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
|
||||
the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
|
||||
don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */
|
||||
#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define STATIC static
|
||||
|
||||
/* This needs to be consistent with libgnuintl.h.in. */
|
||||
#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __BEOS__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__
|
||||
/* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))).
|
||||
This redefinition is only possible because the libc in NetBSD, Cygwin,
|
||||
mingw does not have a function __printf__. */
|
||||
# define libintl_printf __printf__
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-args.h". */
|
||||
#include "printf-args.c"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-parse.h". */
|
||||
#include "printf-parse.c"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */
|
||||
#define vasnprintf libintl_vasnprintf
|
||||
#include "vasnprintf.c"
|
||||
#if 0 /* not needed */
|
||||
#define asnprintf libintl_asnprintf
|
||||
#include "asnprintf.c"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vfprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
|
||||
return vfprintf (stream, format, args);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t length;
|
||||
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
|
||||
int retval = -1;
|
||||
if (result != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t written = fwrite (result, 1, length, stream);
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
if (written == length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
else
|
||||
retval = length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_fprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vfprintf (stream, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vprintf (const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_vfprintf (stdout, format, args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_printf (const char *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vprintf (format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vsprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
|
||||
return vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t length = (size_t) ~0 / (4 * sizeof (char));
|
||||
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
|
||||
if (result != resultbuf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_sprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_SNPRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF
|
||||
/* Windows. */
|
||||
# define system_vsnprintf _vsnprintf
|
||||
# else
|
||||
/* Unix. */
|
||||
# define system_vsnprintf vsnprintf
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vsnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
|
||||
return system_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t maxlength = length;
|
||||
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
|
||||
if (result != resultbuf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (maxlength > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t pruned_length =
|
||||
(length < maxlength ? length : maxlength - 1);
|
||||
memcpy (resultbuf, result, pruned_length);
|
||||
resultbuf[pruned_length] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_snprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_ASPRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vasprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t length;
|
||||
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
|
||||
if (result == NULL)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*resultp = result;
|
||||
return length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_asprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vasprintf (resultp, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_FWPRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
#include <wchar.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 1
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wprintf-parse.h"
|
||||
/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "wprintf-parse.h". */
|
||||
#define CHAR_T wchar_t
|
||||
#define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive
|
||||
#define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives
|
||||
#define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse
|
||||
#include "printf-parse.c"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */
|
||||
#define vasnwprintf libintl_vasnwprintf
|
||||
#include "vasnprintf.c"
|
||||
#if 0 /* not needed */
|
||||
#define asnwprintf libintl_asnwprintf
|
||||
#include "asnprintf.c"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF
|
||||
/* Windows. */
|
||||
# define system_vswprintf _vsnwprintf
|
||||
# else
|
||||
/* Unix. */
|
||||
# define system_vswprintf vswprintf
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vfwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL)
|
||||
return vfwprintf (stream, format, args);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t length;
|
||||
wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
|
||||
int retval = -1;
|
||||
if (result != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
|
||||
if (fputwc (result[i], stream) == WEOF)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
if (i == length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
else
|
||||
retval = length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_fwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vfwprintf (stream, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vwprintf (const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_vfwprintf (stdout, format, args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_wprintf (const wchar_t *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vwprintf (format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vswprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL)
|
||||
return system_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t maxlength = length;
|
||||
wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
|
||||
if (result != resultbuf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (maxlength > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t pruned_length =
|
||||
(length < maxlength ? length : maxlength - 1);
|
||||
memcpy (resultbuf, result, pruned_length * sizeof (wchar_t));
|
||||
resultbuf[pruned_length] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
/* Unlike vsnprintf, which has to return the number of character that
|
||||
would have been produced if the resultbuf had been sufficiently
|
||||
large, the vswprintf function has to return a negative value if
|
||||
the resultbuf was not sufficiently large. */
|
||||
if (length >= maxlength)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_swprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
# Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
# USA.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
|
||||
#
|
||||
/^# Packages using this file: / {
|
||||
s/# Packages using this file://
|
||||
ta
|
||||
:a
|
||||
s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
|
||||
tb
|
||||
s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
|
||||
:b
|
||||
s/^/# Packages using this file:/
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
# Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
# USA.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
|
||||
#
|
||||
/^# Packages using this file: / {
|
||||
s/# Packages using this file://
|
||||
s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
|
||||
s/^/# Packages using this file:/
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -1,468 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Provide relocatable packages.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2003-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for getline().
|
||||
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
|
||||
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
|
||||
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#include "relocatable.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
# define xmalloc malloc
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "xalloc.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
||||
# include <windows.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
|
||||
# include <libcharset.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV
|
||||
# include <iconv.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Faked cheap 'bool'. */
|
||||
#undef bool
|
||||
#undef false
|
||||
#undef true
|
||||
#define bool int
|
||||
#define false 0
|
||||
#define true 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pathname support.
|
||||
ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
|
||||
IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
|
||||
/* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
|
||||
# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
|
||||
((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
|
||||
&& (P)[1] == ':')
|
||||
# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
|
||||
(strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
|
||||
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Unix */
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
|
||||
# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
|
||||
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Original installation prefix. */
|
||||
static char *orig_prefix;
|
||||
static size_t orig_prefix_len;
|
||||
/* Current installation prefix. */
|
||||
static char *curr_prefix;
|
||||
static size_t curr_prefix_len;
|
||||
/* These prefixes do not end in a slash. Anything that will be concatenated
|
||||
to them must start with a slash. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of this module.
|
||||
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
|
||||
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
|
||||
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
|
||||
instead of "/"). */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
set_this_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg,
|
||||
const char *curr_prefix_arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (orig_prefix_arg != NULL && curr_prefix_arg != NULL
|
||||
/* Optimization: if orig_prefix and curr_prefix are equal, the
|
||||
relocation is a nop. */
|
||||
&& strcmp (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Duplicate the argument strings. */
|
||||
char *memory;
|
||||
|
||||
orig_prefix_len = strlen (orig_prefix_arg);
|
||||
curr_prefix_len = strlen (curr_prefix_arg);
|
||||
memory = (char *) xmalloc (orig_prefix_len + 1 + curr_prefix_len + 1);
|
||||
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
if (memory != NULL)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (memory, orig_prefix_arg, orig_prefix_len + 1);
|
||||
orig_prefix = memory;
|
||||
memory += orig_prefix_len + 1;
|
||||
memcpy (memory, curr_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_len + 1);
|
||||
curr_prefix = memory;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
orig_prefix = NULL;
|
||||
curr_prefix = NULL;
|
||||
/* Don't worry about wasted memory here - this function is usually only
|
||||
called once. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
|
||||
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
|
||||
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
|
||||
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
|
||||
instead of "/"). */
|
||||
void
|
||||
set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
set_this_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now notify all dependent libraries. */
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
|
||||
libcharset_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV && _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0109
|
||||
libiconv_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS && defined libintl_set_relocation_prefix
|
||||
libintl_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined IN_LIBRARY || (defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convenience function:
|
||||
Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
|
||||
installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
|
||||
file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */
|
||||
#ifdef IN_LIBRARY
|
||||
#define compute_curr_prefix local_compute_curr_prefix
|
||||
static
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
|
||||
const char *orig_installdir,
|
||||
const char *curr_pathname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *curr_installdir;
|
||||
const char *rel_installdir;
|
||||
|
||||
if (curr_pathname == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the relative installation directory, relative to the prefix.
|
||||
This is simply the difference between orig_installprefix and
|
||||
orig_installdir. */
|
||||
if (strncmp (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, strlen (orig_installprefix))
|
||||
!= 0)
|
||||
/* Shouldn't happen - nothing should be installed outside $(prefix). */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
rel_installdir = orig_installdir + strlen (orig_installprefix);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the current installation directory. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *p_base = curr_pathname + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_pathname);
|
||||
const char *p = curr_pathname + strlen (curr_pathname);
|
||||
char *q;
|
||||
|
||||
while (p > p_base)
|
||||
{
|
||||
p--;
|
||||
if (ISSLASH (*p))
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
q = (char *) xmalloc (p - curr_pathname + 1);
|
||||
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
if (q == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
memcpy (q, curr_pathname, p - curr_pathname);
|
||||
q[p - curr_pathname] = '\0';
|
||||
curr_installdir = q;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute the current installation prefix by removing the trailing
|
||||
rel_installdir from it. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *rp = rel_installdir + strlen (rel_installdir);
|
||||
const char *cp = curr_installdir + strlen (curr_installdir);
|
||||
const char *cp_base =
|
||||
curr_installdir + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_installdir);
|
||||
|
||||
while (rp > rel_installdir && cp > cp_base)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool same = false;
|
||||
const char *rpi = rp;
|
||||
const char *cpi = cp;
|
||||
|
||||
while (rpi > rel_installdir && cpi > cp_base)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rpi--;
|
||||
cpi--;
|
||||
if (ISSLASH (*rpi) || ISSLASH (*cpi))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ISSLASH (*rpi) && ISSLASH (*cpi))
|
||||
same = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Do case-insensitive comparison if the filesystem is always or
|
||||
often case-insensitive. It's better to accept the comparison
|
||||
if the difference is only in case, rather than to fail. */
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
|
||||
/* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS - case insignificant filesystem */
|
||||
if ((*rpi >= 'a' && *rpi <= 'z' ? *rpi - 'a' + 'A' : *rpi)
|
||||
!= (*cpi >= 'a' && *cpi <= 'z' ? *cpi - 'a' + 'A' : *cpi))
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if (*rpi != *cpi)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!same)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
/* The last pathname component was the same. opi and cpi now point
|
||||
to the slash before it. */
|
||||
rp = rpi;
|
||||
cp = cpi;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (rp > rel_installdir)
|
||||
/* Unexpected: The curr_installdir does not end with rel_installdir. */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t curr_prefix_len = cp - curr_installdir;
|
||||
char *curr_prefix;
|
||||
|
||||
curr_prefix = (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + 1);
|
||||
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
if (curr_prefix == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
memcpy (curr_prefix, curr_installdir, curr_prefix_len);
|
||||
curr_prefix[curr_prefix_len] = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
return curr_prefix;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !IN_LIBRARY || PIC */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
|
||||
|
||||
/* Full pathname of shared library, or NULL. */
|
||||
static char *shared_library_fullname;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the full pathname of the shared library when it is loaded. */
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL WINAPI
|
||||
DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved)
|
||||
{
|
||||
(void) reserved;
|
||||
|
||||
if (event == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The DLL is being loaded into an application's address range. */
|
||||
static char location[MAX_PATH];
|
||||
|
||||
if (!GetModuleFileName (module_handle, location, sizeof (location)))
|
||||
/* Shouldn't happen. */
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (location))
|
||||
/* Shouldn't happen. */
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
/* On Cygwin, we need to convert paths coming from Win32 system calls
|
||||
to the Unix-like slashified notation. */
|
||||
static char location_as_posix_path[2 * MAX_PATH];
|
||||
/* There's no error return defined for cygwin_conv_to_posix_path.
|
||||
See cygwin-api/func-cygwin-conv-to-posix-path.html.
|
||||
Does it overflow the buffer of expected size MAX_PATH or does it
|
||||
truncate the path? I don't know. Let's catch both. */
|
||||
cygwin_conv_to_posix_path (location, location_as_posix_path);
|
||||
location_as_posix_path[MAX_PATH - 1] = '\0';
|
||||
if (strlen (location_as_posix_path) >= MAX_PATH - 1)
|
||||
/* A sign of buffer overflow or path truncation. */
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
shared_library_fullname = strdup (location_as_posix_path);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
shared_library_fullname = strdup (location);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* Unix except Cygwin */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
find_shared_library_fullname ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined __linux__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
|
||||
/* Linux has /proc/self/maps. glibc 2 has the getline() function. */
|
||||
FILE *fp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Open the current process' maps file. It describes one VMA per line. */
|
||||
fp = fopen ("/proc/self/maps", "r");
|
||||
if (fp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long address = (unsigned long) &find_shared_library_fullname;
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long start, end;
|
||||
int c;
|
||||
|
||||
if (fscanf (fp, "%lx-%lx", &start, &end) != 2)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
if (address >= start && address <= end - 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Found it. Now see if this line contains a filename. */
|
||||
while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n' && c != '/')
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
if (c == '/')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t size;
|
||||
int len;
|
||||
|
||||
ungetc (c, fp);
|
||||
shared_library_fullname = NULL; size = 0;
|
||||
len = getline (&shared_library_fullname, &size, fp);
|
||||
if (len >= 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Success: filled shared_library_fullname. */
|
||||
if (len > 0 && shared_library_fullname[len - 1] == '\n')
|
||||
shared_library_fullname[len - 1] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n')
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
fclose (fp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* (WIN32 or Cygwin) / (Unix except Cygwin) */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the full pathname of the current shared library.
|
||||
Return NULL if unknown.
|
||||
Guaranteed to work only on Linux, Cygwin and Woe32. */
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
get_shared_library_fullname ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if !(defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__)
|
||||
static bool tried_find_shared_library_fullname;
|
||||
if (!tried_find_shared_library_fullname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
find_shared_library_fullname ();
|
||||
tried_find_shared_library_fullname = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return shared_library_fullname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* PIC */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
|
||||
directory. */
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
relocate (const char *pathname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
|
||||
static int initialized;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialization code for a shared library. */
|
||||
if (!initialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* At this point, orig_prefix and curr_prefix likely have already been
|
||||
set through the main program's set_program_name_and_installdir
|
||||
function. This is sufficient in the case that the library has
|
||||
initially been installed in the same orig_prefix. But we can do
|
||||
better, to also cover the cases that 1. it has been installed
|
||||
in a different prefix before being moved to orig_prefix and (later)
|
||||
to curr_prefix, 2. unlike the program, it has not moved away from
|
||||
orig_prefix. */
|
||||
const char *orig_installprefix = INSTALLPREFIX;
|
||||
const char *orig_installdir = INSTALLDIR;
|
||||
const char *curr_prefix_better;
|
||||
|
||||
curr_prefix_better =
|
||||
compute_curr_prefix (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir,
|
||||
get_shared_library_fullname ());
|
||||
if (curr_prefix_better == NULL)
|
||||
curr_prefix_better = curr_prefix;
|
||||
|
||||
set_relocation_prefix (orig_installprefix, curr_prefix_better);
|
||||
|
||||
initialized = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note: It is not necessary to perform case insensitive comparison here,
|
||||
even for DOS-like filesystems, because the pathname argument was
|
||||
typically created from the same Makefile variable as orig_prefix came
|
||||
from. */
|
||||
if (orig_prefix != NULL && curr_prefix != NULL
|
||||
&& strncmp (pathname, orig_prefix, orig_prefix_len) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (pathname[orig_prefix_len] == '\0')
|
||||
/* pathname equals orig_prefix. */
|
||||
return curr_prefix;
|
||||
if (ISSLASH (pathname[orig_prefix_len]))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* pathname starts with orig_prefix. */
|
||||
const char *pathname_tail = &pathname[orig_prefix_len];
|
||||
char *result =
|
||||
(char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + strlen (pathname_tail) + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
if (result != NULL)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (result, curr_prefix, curr_prefix_len);
|
||||
strcpy (result + curr_prefix_len, pathname_tail);
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Nothing to relocate. */
|
||||
return pathname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Provide relocatable packages.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _RELOCATABLE_H
|
||||
#define _RELOCATABLE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* This can be enabled through the configure --enable-relocatable option. */
|
||||
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
|
||||
|
||||
/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
|
||||
this is a private .h file, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport)
|
||||
in any case. */
|
||||
#if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL
|
||||
# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
|
||||
#elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
|
||||
# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
|
||||
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
|
||||
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
|
||||
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
|
||||
instead of "/"). */
|
||||
extern RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED void
|
||||
set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
|
||||
const char *curr_prefix);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
|
||||
directory. */
|
||||
extern const char * relocate (const char *pathname);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Memory management: relocate() leaks memory, because it has to construct
|
||||
a fresh pathname. If this is a problem because your program calls
|
||||
relocate() frequently, think about caching the result. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convenience function:
|
||||
Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
|
||||
installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
|
||||
file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */
|
||||
extern const char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
|
||||
const char *orig_installdir,
|
||||
const char *curr_pathname);
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* By default, we use the hardwired pathnames. */
|
||||
#define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _RELOCATABLE_H */
|
|
@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "lock.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
|
||||
# ifndef strdup
|
||||
# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define TEXTDOMAIN libintl_textdomain
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
|
||||
gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
TEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *new_domain;
|
||||
char *old_domain;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */
|
||||
if (domainname == NULL)
|
||||
return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||
|
||||
gl_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
|
||||
|
||||
old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */
|
||||
if (domainname[0] == '\0'
|
||||
|| strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
|
||||
new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
|
||||
/* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
|
||||
environment variable changed. */
|
||||
new_domain = old_domain;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
|
||||
will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we
|
||||
are out of core. */
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
new_domain = strdup (domainname);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
|
||||
new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (new_domain != NULL)
|
||||
memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (new_domain != NULL)
|
||||
_nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
|
||||
since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
|
||||
to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */
|
||||
if (new_domain != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
|
||||
if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
|
||||
free (old_domain);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
|
||||
|
||||
return new_domain;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
|
||||
#endif
|
684
intl/tsearch.c
684
intl/tsearch.c
|
@ -1,684 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2000, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Bernd Schmidt <crux@Pool.Informatik.RWTH-Aachen.DE>, 1997.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
|
||||
Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tree search for red/black trees.
|
||||
The algorithm for adding nodes is taken from one of the many "Algorithms"
|
||||
books by Robert Sedgewick, although the implementation differs.
|
||||
The algorithm for deleting nodes can probably be found in a book named
|
||||
"Introduction to Algorithms" by Cormen/Leiserson/Rivest. At least that's
|
||||
the book that my professor took most algorithms from during the "Data
|
||||
Structures" course...
|
||||
|
||||
Totally public domain. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Red/black trees are binary trees in which the edges are colored either red
|
||||
or black. They have the following properties:
|
||||
1. The number of black edges on every path from the root to a leaf is
|
||||
constant.
|
||||
2. No two red edges are adjacent.
|
||||
Therefore there is an upper bound on the length of every path, it's
|
||||
O(log n) where n is the number of nodes in the tree. No path can be longer
|
||||
than 1+2*P where P is the length of the shortest path in the tree.
|
||||
Useful for the implementation:
|
||||
3. If one of the children of a node is NULL, then the other one is red
|
||||
(if it exists).
|
||||
|
||||
In the implementation, not the edges are colored, but the nodes. The color
|
||||
interpreted as the color of the edge leading to this node. The color is
|
||||
meaningless for the root node, but we color the root node black for
|
||||
convenience. All added nodes are red initially.
|
||||
|
||||
Adding to a red/black tree is rather easy. The right place is searched
|
||||
with a usual binary tree search. Additionally, whenever a node N is
|
||||
reached that has two red successors, the successors are colored black and
|
||||
the node itself colored red. This moves red edges up the tree where they
|
||||
pose less of a problem once we get to really insert the new node. Changing
|
||||
N's color to red may violate rule 2, however, so rotations may become
|
||||
necessary to restore the invariants. Adding a new red leaf may violate
|
||||
the same rule, so afterwards an additional check is run and the tree
|
||||
possibly rotated.
|
||||
|
||||
Deleting is hairy. There are mainly two nodes involved: the node to be
|
||||
deleted (n1), and another node that is to be unchained from the tree (n2).
|
||||
If n1 has a successor (the node with a smallest key that is larger than
|
||||
n1), then the successor becomes n2 and its contents are copied into n1,
|
||||
otherwise n1 becomes n2.
|
||||
Unchaining a node may violate rule 1: if n2 is black, one subtree is
|
||||
missing one black edge afterwards. The algorithm must try to move this
|
||||
error upwards towards the root, so that the subtree that does not have
|
||||
enough black edges becomes the whole tree. Once that happens, the error
|
||||
has disappeared. It may not be necessary to go all the way up, since it
|
||||
is possible that rotations and recoloring can fix the error before that.
|
||||
|
||||
Although the deletion algorithm must walk upwards through the tree, we
|
||||
do not store parent pointers in the nodes. Instead, delete allocates a
|
||||
small array of parent pointers and fills it while descending the tree.
|
||||
Since we know that the length of a path is O(log n), where n is the number
|
||||
of nodes, this is likely to use less memory. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tree rotations look like this:
|
||||
A C
|
||||
/ \ / \
|
||||
B C A G
|
||||
/ \ / \ --> / \
|
||||
D E F G B F
|
||||
/ \
|
||||
D E
|
||||
|
||||
In this case, A has been rotated left. This preserves the ordering of the
|
||||
binary tree. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#ifdef IN_LIBINTL
|
||||
# include "tsearch.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <search.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int (*__compar_fn_t) (const void *, const void *);
|
||||
typedef void (*__action_fn_t) (const void *, VISIT, int);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef weak_alias
|
||||
# define __tsearch tsearch
|
||||
# define __tfind tfind
|
||||
# define __tdelete tdelete
|
||||
# define __twalk twalk
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef internal_function
|
||||
/* Inside GNU libc we mark some function in a special way. In other
|
||||
environments simply ignore the marking. */
|
||||
# define internal_function
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct node_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Callers expect this to be the first element in the structure - do not
|
||||
move! */
|
||||
const void *key;
|
||||
struct node_t *left;
|
||||
struct node_t *right;
|
||||
unsigned int red:1;
|
||||
} *node;
|
||||
typedef const struct node_t *const_node;
|
||||
|
||||
#undef DEBUGGING
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUGGING
|
||||
|
||||
/* Routines to check tree invariants. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define CHECK_TREE(a) check_tree(a)
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
check_tree_recurse (node p, int d_sofar, int d_total)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (p == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert (d_sofar == d_total);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
check_tree_recurse (p->left, d_sofar + (p->left && !p->left->red), d_total);
|
||||
check_tree_recurse (p->right, d_sofar + (p->right && !p->right->red), d_total);
|
||||
if (p->left)
|
||||
assert (!(p->left->red && p->red));
|
||||
if (p->right)
|
||||
assert (!(p->right->red && p->red));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
check_tree (node root)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int cnt = 0;
|
||||
node p;
|
||||
if (root == NULL)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
root->red = 0;
|
||||
for(p = root->left; p; p = p->left)
|
||||
cnt += !p->red;
|
||||
check_tree_recurse (root, 0, cnt);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#define CHECK_TREE(a)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Possibly "split" a node with two red successors, and/or fix up two red
|
||||
edges in a row. ROOTP is a pointer to the lowest node we visited, PARENTP
|
||||
and GPARENTP pointers to its parent/grandparent. P_R and GP_R contain the
|
||||
comparison values that determined which way was taken in the tree to reach
|
||||
ROOTP. MODE is 1 if we need not do the split, but must check for two red
|
||||
edges between GPARENTP and ROOTP. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
maybe_split_for_insert (node *rootp, node *parentp, node *gparentp,
|
||||
int p_r, int gp_r, int mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node root = *rootp;
|
||||
node *rp, *lp;
|
||||
rp = &(*rootp)->right;
|
||||
lp = &(*rootp)->left;
|
||||
|
||||
/* See if we have to split this node (both successors red). */
|
||||
if (mode == 1
|
||||
|| ((*rp) != NULL && (*lp) != NULL && (*rp)->red && (*lp)->red))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This node becomes red, its successors black. */
|
||||
root->red = 1;
|
||||
if (*rp)
|
||||
(*rp)->red = 0;
|
||||
if (*lp)
|
||||
(*lp)->red = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the parent of this node is also red, we have to do
|
||||
rotations. */
|
||||
if (parentp != NULL && (*parentp)->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node gp = *gparentp;
|
||||
node p = *parentp;
|
||||
/* There are two main cases:
|
||||
1. The edge types (left or right) of the two red edges differ.
|
||||
2. Both red edges are of the same type.
|
||||
There exist two symmetries of each case, so there is a total of
|
||||
4 cases. */
|
||||
if ((p_r > 0) != (gp_r > 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Put the child at the top of the tree, with its parent
|
||||
and grandparent as successors. */
|
||||
p->red = 1;
|
||||
gp->red = 1;
|
||||
root->red = 0;
|
||||
if (p_r < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Child is left of parent. */
|
||||
p->left = *rp;
|
||||
*rp = p;
|
||||
gp->right = *lp;
|
||||
*lp = gp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Child is right of parent. */
|
||||
p->right = *lp;
|
||||
*lp = p;
|
||||
gp->left = *rp;
|
||||
*rp = gp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*gparentp = root;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
*gparentp = *parentp;
|
||||
/* Parent becomes the top of the tree, grandparent and
|
||||
child are its successors. */
|
||||
p->red = 0;
|
||||
gp->red = 1;
|
||||
if (p_r < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Left edges. */
|
||||
gp->left = p->right;
|
||||
p->right = gp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Right edges. */
|
||||
gp->right = p->left;
|
||||
p->left = gp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Find or insert datum into search tree.
|
||||
KEY is the key to be located, ROOTP is the address of tree root,
|
||||
COMPAR the ordering function. */
|
||||
void *
|
||||
__tsearch (const void *key, void **vrootp, __compar_fn_t compar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node q;
|
||||
node *parentp = NULL, *gparentp = NULL;
|
||||
node *rootp = (node *) vrootp;
|
||||
node *nextp;
|
||||
int r = 0, p_r = 0, gp_r = 0; /* No they might not, Mr Compiler. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (rootp == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This saves some additional tests below. */
|
||||
if (*rootp != NULL)
|
||||
(*rootp)->red = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_TREE (*rootp);
|
||||
|
||||
nextp = rootp;
|
||||
while (*nextp != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node root = *rootp;
|
||||
r = (*compar) (key, root->key);
|
||||
if (r == 0)
|
||||
return root;
|
||||
|
||||
maybe_split_for_insert (rootp, parentp, gparentp, p_r, gp_r, 0);
|
||||
/* If that did any rotations, parentp and gparentp are now garbage.
|
||||
That doesn't matter, because the values they contain are never
|
||||
used again in that case. */
|
||||
|
||||
nextp = r < 0 ? &root->left : &root->right;
|
||||
if (*nextp == NULL)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
gparentp = parentp;
|
||||
parentp = rootp;
|
||||
rootp = nextp;
|
||||
|
||||
gp_r = p_r;
|
||||
p_r = r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
q = (struct node_t *) malloc (sizeof (struct node_t));
|
||||
if (q != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*nextp = q; /* link new node to old */
|
||||
q->key = key; /* initialize new node */
|
||||
q->red = 1;
|
||||
q->left = q->right = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (nextp != rootp)
|
||||
/* There may be two red edges in a row now, which we must avoid by
|
||||
rotating the tree. */
|
||||
maybe_split_for_insert (nextp, rootp, parentp, r, p_r, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return q;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef weak_alias
|
||||
weak_alias (__tsearch, tsearch)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Find datum in search tree.
|
||||
KEY is the key to be located, ROOTP is the address of tree root,
|
||||
COMPAR the ordering function. */
|
||||
void *
|
||||
__tfind (key, vrootp, compar)
|
||||
const void *key;
|
||||
void *const *vrootp;
|
||||
__compar_fn_t compar;
|
||||
{
|
||||
node *rootp = (node *) vrootp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (rootp == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_TREE (*rootp);
|
||||
|
||||
while (*rootp != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node root = *rootp;
|
||||
int r;
|
||||
|
||||
r = (*compar) (key, root->key);
|
||||
if (r == 0)
|
||||
return root;
|
||||
|
||||
rootp = r < 0 ? &root->left : &root->right;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef weak_alias
|
||||
weak_alias (__tfind, tfind)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Delete node with given key.
|
||||
KEY is the key to be deleted, ROOTP is the address of the root of tree,
|
||||
COMPAR the comparison function. */
|
||||
void *
|
||||
__tdelete (const void *key, void **vrootp, __compar_fn_t compar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node p, q, r, retval;
|
||||
int cmp;
|
||||
node *rootp = (node *) vrootp;
|
||||
node root, unchained;
|
||||
/* Stack of nodes so we remember the parents without recursion. It's
|
||||
_very_ unlikely that there are paths longer than 40 nodes. The tree
|
||||
would need to have around 250.000 nodes. */
|
||||
int stacksize = 100;
|
||||
int sp = 0;
|
||||
node *nodestack[100];
|
||||
|
||||
if (rootp == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
p = *rootp;
|
||||
if (p == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_TREE (p);
|
||||
|
||||
while ((cmp = (*compar) (key, (*rootp)->key)) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sp == stacksize)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
|
||||
nodestack[sp++] = rootp;
|
||||
p = *rootp;
|
||||
rootp = ((cmp < 0)
|
||||
? &(*rootp)->left
|
||||
: &(*rootp)->right);
|
||||
if (*rootp == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is bogus if the node to be deleted is the root... this routine
|
||||
really should return an integer with 0 for success, -1 for failure
|
||||
and errno = ESRCH or something. */
|
||||
retval = p;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We don't unchain the node we want to delete. Instead, we overwrite
|
||||
it with its successor and unchain the successor. If there is no
|
||||
successor, we really unchain the node to be deleted. */
|
||||
|
||||
root = *rootp;
|
||||
|
||||
r = root->right;
|
||||
q = root->left;
|
||||
|
||||
if (q == NULL || r == NULL)
|
||||
unchained = root;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
node *parent = rootp, *up = &root->right;
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sp == stacksize)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
nodestack[sp++] = parent;
|
||||
parent = up;
|
||||
if ((*up)->left == NULL)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
up = &(*up)->left;
|
||||
}
|
||||
unchained = *up;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* We know that either the left or right successor of UNCHAINED is NULL.
|
||||
R becomes the other one, it is chained into the parent of UNCHAINED. */
|
||||
r = unchained->left;
|
||||
if (r == NULL)
|
||||
r = unchained->right;
|
||||
if (sp == 0)
|
||||
*rootp = r;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
q = *nodestack[sp-1];
|
||||
if (unchained == q->right)
|
||||
q->right = r;
|
||||
else
|
||||
q->left = r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (unchained != root)
|
||||
root->key = unchained->key;
|
||||
if (!unchained->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Now we lost a black edge, which means that the number of black
|
||||
edges on every path is no longer constant. We must balance the
|
||||
tree. */
|
||||
/* NODESTACK now contains all parents of R. R is likely to be NULL
|
||||
in the first iteration. */
|
||||
/* NULL nodes are considered black throughout - this is necessary for
|
||||
correctness. */
|
||||
while (sp > 0 && (r == NULL || !r->red))
|
||||
{
|
||||
node *pp = nodestack[sp - 1];
|
||||
p = *pp;
|
||||
/* Two symmetric cases. */
|
||||
if (r == p->left)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Q is R's brother, P is R's parent. The subtree with root
|
||||
R has one black edge less than the subtree with root Q. */
|
||||
q = p->right;
|
||||
if (q->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If Q is red, we know that P is black. We rotate P left
|
||||
so that Q becomes the top node in the tree, with P below
|
||||
it. P is colored red, Q is colored black.
|
||||
This action does not change the black edge count for any
|
||||
leaf in the tree, but we will be able to recognize one
|
||||
of the following situations, which all require that Q
|
||||
is black. */
|
||||
q->red = 0;
|
||||
p->red = 1;
|
||||
/* Left rotate p. */
|
||||
p->right = q->left;
|
||||
q->left = p;
|
||||
*pp = q;
|
||||
/* Make sure pp is right if the case below tries to use
|
||||
it. */
|
||||
nodestack[sp++] = pp = &q->left;
|
||||
q = p->right;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* We know that Q can't be NULL here. We also know that Q is
|
||||
black. */
|
||||
if ((q->left == NULL || !q->left->red)
|
||||
&& (q->right == NULL || !q->right->red))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Q has two black successors. We can simply color Q red.
|
||||
The whole subtree with root P is now missing one black
|
||||
edge. Note that this action can temporarily make the
|
||||
tree invalid (if P is red). But we will exit the loop
|
||||
in that case and set P black, which both makes the tree
|
||||
valid and also makes the black edge count come out
|
||||
right. If P is black, we are at least one step closer
|
||||
to the root and we'll try again the next iteration. */
|
||||
q->red = 1;
|
||||
r = p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Q is black, one of Q's successors is red. We can
|
||||
repair the tree with one operation and will exit the
|
||||
loop afterwards. */
|
||||
if (q->right == NULL || !q->right->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The left one is red. We perform the same action as
|
||||
in maybe_split_for_insert where two red edges are
|
||||
adjacent but point in different directions:
|
||||
Q's left successor (let's call it Q2) becomes the
|
||||
top of the subtree we are looking at, its parent (Q)
|
||||
and grandparent (P) become its successors. The former
|
||||
successors of Q2 are placed below P and Q.
|
||||
P becomes black, and Q2 gets the color that P had.
|
||||
This changes the black edge count only for node R and
|
||||
its successors. */
|
||||
node q2 = q->left;
|
||||
q2->red = p->red;
|
||||
p->right = q2->left;
|
||||
q->left = q2->right;
|
||||
q2->right = q;
|
||||
q2->left = p;
|
||||
*pp = q2;
|
||||
p->red = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* It's the right one. Rotate P left. P becomes black,
|
||||
and Q gets the color that P had. Q's right successor
|
||||
also becomes black. This changes the black edge
|
||||
count only for node R and its successors. */
|
||||
q->red = p->red;
|
||||
p->red = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
q->right->red = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* left rotate p */
|
||||
p->right = q->left;
|
||||
q->left = p;
|
||||
*pp = q;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* We're done. */
|
||||
sp = 1;
|
||||
r = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Comments: see above. */
|
||||
q = p->left;
|
||||
if (q->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
q->red = 0;
|
||||
p->red = 1;
|
||||
p->left = q->right;
|
||||
q->right = p;
|
||||
*pp = q;
|
||||
nodestack[sp++] = pp = &q->right;
|
||||
q = p->left;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((q->right == NULL || !q->right->red)
|
||||
&& (q->left == NULL || !q->left->red))
|
||||
{
|
||||
q->red = 1;
|
||||
r = p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (q->left == NULL || !q->left->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node q2 = q->right;
|
||||
q2->red = p->red;
|
||||
p->left = q2->right;
|
||||
q->right = q2->left;
|
||||
q2->left = q;
|
||||
q2->right = p;
|
||||
*pp = q2;
|
||||
p->red = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
q->red = p->red;
|
||||
p->red = 0;
|
||||
q->left->red = 0;
|
||||
p->left = q->right;
|
||||
q->right = p;
|
||||
*pp = q;
|
||||
}
|
||||
sp = 1;
|
||||
r = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
--sp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (r != NULL)
|
||||
r->red = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
free (unchained);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef weak_alias
|
||||
weak_alias (__tdelete, tdelete)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Walk the nodes of a tree.
|
||||
ROOT is the root of the tree to be walked, ACTION the function to be
|
||||
called at each node. LEVEL is the level of ROOT in the whole tree. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
trecurse (const void *vroot, __action_fn_t action, int level)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const_node root = (const_node) vroot;
|
||||
|
||||
if (root->left == NULL && root->right == NULL)
|
||||
(*action) (root, leaf, level);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
(*action) (root, preorder, level);
|
||||
if (root->left != NULL)
|
||||
trecurse (root->left, action, level + 1);
|
||||
(*action) (root, postorder, level);
|
||||
if (root->right != NULL)
|
||||
trecurse (root->right, action, level + 1);
|
||||
(*action) (root, endorder, level);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Walk the nodes of a tree.
|
||||
ROOT is the root of the tree to be walked, ACTION the function to be
|
||||
called at each node. */
|
||||
void
|
||||
__twalk (const void *vroot, __action_fn_t action)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const_node root = (const_node) vroot;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_TREE (root);
|
||||
|
||||
if (root != NULL && action != NULL)
|
||||
trecurse (root, action, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef weak_alias
|
||||
weak_alias (__twalk, twalk)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
|
||||
/* The standardized functions miss an important functionality: the
|
||||
tree cannot be removed easily. We provide a function to do this. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
tdestroy_recurse (node root, __free_fn_t freefct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (root->left != NULL)
|
||||
tdestroy_recurse (root->left, freefct);
|
||||
if (root->right != NULL)
|
||||
tdestroy_recurse (root->right, freefct);
|
||||
(*freefct) ((void *) root->key);
|
||||
/* Free the node itself. */
|
||||
free (root);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
__tdestroy (void *vroot, __free_fn_t freefct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node root = (node) vroot;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_TREE (root);
|
||||
|
||||
if (root != NULL)
|
||||
tdestroy_recurse (root, freefct);
|
||||
}
|
||||
weak_alias (__tdestroy, tdestroy)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _LIBC */
|
|
@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Binary tree data structure.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _TSEARCH_H
|
||||
#define _TSEARCH_H
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_TSEARCH
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get tseach(), tfind(), tdelete(), twalk() declarations. */
|
||||
#include <search.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* See <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xbd/search.h.html>,
|
||||
<http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/tsearch.html>
|
||||
for details. */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
preorder,
|
||||
postorder,
|
||||
endorder,
|
||||
leaf
|
||||
}
|
||||
VISIT;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Searches an element in the tree *VROOTP that compares equal to KEY.
|
||||
If one is found, it is returned. Otherwise, a new element equal to KEY
|
||||
is inserted in the tree and is returned. */
|
||||
extern void * tsearch (const void *key, void **vrootp,
|
||||
int (*compar) (const void *, const void *));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Searches an element in the tree *VROOTP that compares equal to KEY.
|
||||
If one is found, it is returned. Otherwise, NULL is returned. */
|
||||
extern void * tfind (const void *key, void *const *vrootp,
|
||||
int (*compar) (const void *, const void *));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Searches an element in the tree *VROOTP that compares equal to KEY.
|
||||
If one is found, it is removed from the tree, and its parent node is
|
||||
returned. Otherwise, NULL is returned. */
|
||||
extern void * tdelete (const void *key, void **vrootp,
|
||||
int (*compar) (const void *, const void *));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Perform a depth-first, left-to-right traversal of the tree VROOT.
|
||||
The ACTION function is called:
|
||||
- for non-leaf nodes: 3 times, before the left subtree traversal,
|
||||
after the left subtree traversal but before the right subtree traversal,
|
||||
and after the right subtree traversal,
|
||||
- for leaf nodes: once.
|
||||
The arguments passed to ACTION are:
|
||||
1. the node; it can be casted to a 'const void * const *', i.e. into a
|
||||
pointer to the key,
|
||||
2. an indicator which visit of the node this is,
|
||||
3. the level of the node in the tree (0 for the root). */
|
||||
extern void twalk (const void *vroot,
|
||||
void (*action) (const void *, VISIT, int));
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _TSEARCH_H */
|
4677
intl/vasnprintf.c
4677
intl/vasnprintf.c
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2002-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _VASNPRINTF_H
|
||||
#define _VASNPRINTF_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get va_list. */
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get size_t. */
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __attribute__
|
||||
/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */
|
||||
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
|
||||
# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
|
||||
are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */
|
||||
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
|
||||
# define __format__ format
|
||||
# define __printf__ printf
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc().
|
||||
You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its
|
||||
size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL.
|
||||
If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF
|
||||
if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the
|
||||
number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set
|
||||
errno and return NULL.
|
||||
|
||||
When dynamic memory allocation occurs, the preallocated buffer is left
|
||||
alone (with possibly modified contents). This makes it possible to use
|
||||
a statically allocated or stack-allocated buffer, like this:
|
||||
|
||||
char buf[100];
|
||||
size_t len = sizeof (buf);
|
||||
char *output = vasnprintf (buf, &len, format, args);
|
||||
if (output == NULL)
|
||||
... error handling ...;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
... use the output string ...;
|
||||
if (output != buf)
|
||||
free (output);
|
||||
}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern char * asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
|
||||
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
|
||||
extern char * vasnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)));
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _VASNPRINTF_H */
|
|
@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* vswprintf with automatic memory allocation.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _VASNWPRINTF_H
|
||||
#define _VASNWPRINTF_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get va_list. */
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get wchar_t, size_t. */
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc().
|
||||
You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its
|
||||
size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL.
|
||||
If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF
|
||||
if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the
|
||||
number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set
|
||||
errno and return NULL. */
|
||||
extern wchar_t * asnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, ...);
|
||||
extern wchar_t * vasnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, va_list args);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _VASNWPRINTF_H */
|
|
@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* libintl library version.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Version number: (major<<16) + (minor<<8) + subminor */
|
||||
int libintl_version = LIBINTL_VERSION;
|
|
@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* Parse printf format string.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WPRINTF_PARSE_H
|
||||
#define _WPRINTF_PARSE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "printf-args.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Flags */
|
||||
#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_ZERO 32
|
||||
|
||||
/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */
|
||||
#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* A parsed directive. */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
const wchar_t* dir_start;
|
||||
const wchar_t* dir_end;
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
const wchar_t* width_start;
|
||||
const wchar_t* width_end;
|
||||
size_t width_arg_index;
|
||||
const wchar_t* precision_start;
|
||||
const wchar_t* precision_end;
|
||||
size_t precision_arg_index;
|
||||
wchar_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */
|
||||
size_t arg_index;
|
||||
}
|
||||
wchar_t_directive;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A parsed format string. */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t count;
|
||||
wchar_t_directive *dir;
|
||||
size_t max_width_length;
|
||||
size_t max_precision_length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
wchar_t_directives;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
|
||||
in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
|
||||
to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
|
||||
arguments and the needed count of arguments. */
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int wprintf_parse (const wchar_t *format, wchar_t_directives *d, arguments *a);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _WPRINTF_PARSE_H */
|
109
intl/xsize.h
109
intl/xsize.h
|
@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/* xsize.h -- Checked size_t computations.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _XSIZE_H
|
||||
#define _XSIZE_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get size_t. */
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get SIZE_MAX. */
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#if HAVE_STDINT_H
|
||||
# include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The size of memory objects is often computed through expressions of
|
||||
type size_t. Example:
|
||||
void* p = malloc (header_size + n * element_size).
|
||||
These computations can lead to overflow. When this happens, malloc()
|
||||
returns a piece of memory that is way too small, and the program then
|
||||
crashes while attempting to fill the memory.
|
||||
To avoid this, the functions and macros in this file check for overflow.
|
||||
The convention is that SIZE_MAX represents overflow.
|
||||
malloc (SIZE_MAX) is not guaranteed to fail -- think of a malloc
|
||||
implementation that uses mmap --, it's recommended to use size_overflow_p()
|
||||
or size_in_bounds_p() before invoking malloc().
|
||||
The example thus becomes:
|
||||
size_t size = xsum (header_size, xtimes (n, element_size));
|
||||
void *p = (size_in_bounds_p (size) ? malloc (size) : NULL);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convert an arbitrary value >= 0 to type size_t. */
|
||||
#define xcast_size_t(N) \
|
||||
((N) <= SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) (N) : SIZE_MAX)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sum of two sizes, with overflow check. */
|
||||
static inline size_t
|
||||
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
|
||||
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
xsum (size_t size1, size_t size2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t sum = size1 + size2;
|
||||
return (sum >= size1 ? sum : SIZE_MAX);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sum of three sizes, with overflow check. */
|
||||
static inline size_t
|
||||
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
|
||||
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
xsum3 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sum of four sizes, with overflow check. */
|
||||
static inline size_t
|
||||
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
|
||||
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
xsum4 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3, size_t size4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return xsum (xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3), size4);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Maximum of two sizes, with overflow check. */
|
||||
static inline size_t
|
||||
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
|
||||
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
xmax (size_t size1, size_t size2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* No explicit check is needed here, because for any n:
|
||||
max (SIZE_MAX, n) == SIZE_MAX and max (n, SIZE_MAX) == SIZE_MAX. */
|
||||
return (size1 >= size2 ? size1 : size2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Multiplication of a count with an element size, with overflow check.
|
||||
The count must be >= 0 and the element size must be > 0.
|
||||
This is a macro, not an inline function, so that it works correctly even
|
||||
when N is of a wider tupe and N > SIZE_MAX. */
|
||||
#define xtimes(N, ELSIZE) \
|
||||
((N) <= SIZE_MAX / (ELSIZE) ? (size_t) (N) * (ELSIZE) : SIZE_MAX)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check for overflow. */
|
||||
#define size_overflow_p(SIZE) \
|
||||
((SIZE) == SIZE_MAX)
|
||||
/* Check against overflow. */
|
||||
#define size_in_bounds_p(SIZE) \
|
||||
((SIZE) != SIZE_MAX)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _XSIZE_H */
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue